A320 System Configuration Guide PDF

System Configuration Guide
A320 Family
Issue 6, Revision 1
January 2012
Document in accordance with the following Standard Specifications:
A318-100 P 000 01000 issue 04

A319-100 J 000 01000 issue 07
A320-200 D 000 02000 issue 08
A321-200 E 000 02000 issue 05
Authorized by BSMC
CC1200001
A320 Family
Intentionally left blank
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 [ REF-2]

A320 Family Table of contents
Title ATA Title ATA
Introduction 00 Water/waste 38
Certification and external livery 02 Information systems 46
General aircraft design criteria 03 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49
Placards and markings 11 Structures 51
Air conditioning 21 Doors 52
Auto flight 22 Fuselage 53
Communications 23 Stabilizers 55
Electrical power 24 Windows 56
Equipment/furnishings 25 Wings 57
Fire protection 26 Engines 72
Fuel 28 Engine fuel and control 73
Hydraulic power 29 Oil 79
Ice and rain protection 30
Indicating/recording systems 31
Landing gear 32
Lights 33
Navigation 34
Oxygen 35
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page TOC-1

Table of contents A320 Family
Table of Contents
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page TOC-2

A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref
Introduction 1 [00]
00.00.200 - Introduction 2 [00-2]
Certification and external livery 9 [02]

02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats 10 [02-2]
02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements 12 [02-4]
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements 16 [02-8]
02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification 20 [02-12]
02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width 22 [02-14]
02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min 24 [02-16]
02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1 30 [02-22]
02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC) 32 [02-24]
02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC 34 [02-26]
runways
02.40.101 - External livery 36 [02-28]
General aircraft design criteria 39 [03]

03.20.300 - Design weights (A318) 40 [03-2]
03.20.400 - Design weights (A319) 44 [03-6]
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-1

Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
03.20.500 - Design weights (A320) 48 [03-10]
03.20.600 - Design weights (A321) 52 [03-14]
Placards and markings 57 [11]

11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates 58 [11-2]
11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings 60 [11-4]
11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings 62 [11-6]
11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers 64 [11-8]
11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning 68 [11-12]
placards
11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings 72 [11-16]
11.22.100 - Landing gear placards 76 [11-20]
11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds 78 [11-22]
11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards 82 [11-26]
11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards 86 [11-30]
11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system 90 [11-34]
Air conditioning 93 [21]

21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection 94 [21-2]
21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit 98 [21-6]
21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction 102 [21-10]

TITLE Page ATA ref
21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment 106 [21-14]
21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold 110 [21-18]
21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold 114 [21-22]
21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level 118 [21-26]
21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold 120 [21-28]
21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold 124 [21-32]
21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters 128 [21-36]
Auto flight 131 [22]

22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability 132 [22-2]
22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment 134 [22-4]
22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton 138 [22-8]
22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) 142 [22-12]
Communications 145 [23]

23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator 148 [23-4]
Transmitter (ELT)
23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system 152 [23-8]
23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system 156 [23-12]
23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE) 160 [23-16]
23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE) 162 [23-18]

Detailed table
TITLE Page ATA ref
23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE) 166 [23-22]
23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function 170 [23-26]
23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function 172 [23-28]
23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment 174 [23-30]
23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP) 178 [23-34]
23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP) 180 [23-36]
23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function 184 [23-40]
23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface 186 [23-42]
23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system 188 [23-44]
23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system 192 [23-48]
23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel 196 [23-52]
23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant 200 [23-56]
23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment 204 [23-60]
23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE) 206 [23-62]
23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment 210 [23-66]
23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs 214 [23-70]
23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system 218 [23-74]
23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment 220 [23-76]
23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR 224 [23-80]
23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording 226 [23-82]
23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project) 228 [23-84]

TITLE Page ATA ref
Electrical power 231 [24]

24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries 232 [24-2]
OFF
Equipment/furnishings 235 [25]

25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield 238 [25-4]
25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin 240 [25-6]
25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit 244 [25-10]
25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area 248 [25-14]
25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels 252 [25-18]
25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels 254 [25-20]
25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds 258 [25-24]
25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft 262 [25-28]
cargo holds
25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold 268 [25-34]
(A320)
25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold 272 [25-38]
(A321)
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding 274 [25-40]
carpet system

Detailed table
TITLE Page ATA ref
25.52.204 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold 278 [25-44]
(A319/A320)
25.52.205 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold 282 [25-48]
(A321)
25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding 284 [25-50]
carpet system
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft 288 [25-54]
cargo holds (A320/A321)
25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds 294 [25-60]
(A320/A321)
25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS 298 [25-64]
25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and 300 [25-66]
aft cargo holds
25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319) 304 [25-70]
25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area 308 [25-74]
(A319)
25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold 312 [25-78]
25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold 316 [25-82]
Fire protection 319 [26]

26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment 320 [26-2]
26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment 324 [26-6]

TITLE Page ATA ref
26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment 328 [26-10]
26.23.111 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min 330 [26-12]
26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min 334 [26-16]
Fuel 337 [28]

28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo 338 [28-2]
hold
28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft 342 [28-6]
cargo hold
28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold 346 [28-10]
28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold 352 [28-16]
28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing 356 [28-20]
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit 360 [28-24]
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel 364 [28-28]
Hydraulic power 367 [29]

29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment 368 [29-2]
29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment 372 [29-6]

Detailed table
TITLE Page ATA ref
Ice and rain protection 375 [30]
30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers 376 [30-2]
30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection 380 [30-6]
30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system 382 [30-8]
Indicating/recording systems 387 [31]

31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels 388 [31-2]
31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation 392 [31-6]
31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment 396 [31-10]
31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR) 402 [31-16]
31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment 406 [31-20]
31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities 410 [31-24]
31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE) 412 [31-26]
31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD) 416 [31-30]
31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2) 420 [31-34]
31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND) 422 [31-36]
Landing gear 425 [32]

32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment 426 [32-2]
32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment 430 [32-6]

TITLE Page ATA ref
32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection 434 [32-10]
32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans 438 [32-14]
32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel 442 [32-18]
Lights 445 [33]

33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting) 446 [33-2]
33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights 448 [33-4]
33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights 450 [33-6]
Navigation 453 [34]

34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting 456 [34-4]
34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes 460 [34-8]
34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment 464 [34-12]
34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment 468 [34-16]
34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions 472 [34-20]
34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation 476 [34-24]
34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system 478 [34-26]
34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment 480 [34-28]
34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System 484 [34-32]
34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment 488 [34-36]

Detailed table
TITLE Page ATA ref
34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs 492 [34-40]
34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment 496 [34-44]
(SFE)
34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS 500 [34-48]
34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings 502 [34-50]
34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS 504 [34-52]
34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW) 506 [34-54]
34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function 508 [34-56]
34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate 510 [34-58]
equipment
34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings 512 [34-60]
34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions 514 [34-62]
34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment 516 [34-64]
34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT) 520 [34-68]
34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation 522 [34-70]
34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment 524 [34-72]
34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system 528 [34-76]
34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment 532 [34-80]
34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system 536 [34-84]
34.55.102 - VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment 540 [34-88]
34.58.313 - Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment 544 [34-92]
34.58.316 - Activation of GLS function 548 [34-96]

TITLE Page ATA ref
34.58.317 - Activation of FLS function 550 [34-98]
34.58.340 - Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR 552 [34-100]
Oxygen 555 [35]

35.11.102 - Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder 556 [35-2]
35.11.201 - Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment 560 [35-6]
35.20.010 - Installation of four oxygen masks per box 564 [35-10]
35.20.113 - Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system 566 [35-12]
35.20.114 - Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system 570 [35-16]
Water/waste 573 [38]

38.10.104 - Installation of water conditioner in potable water system 574 [38-2]
38.41.101 - Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization 576 [38-4]
system
Information systems 579 [46]

46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication (AOC) 580 [46-2]
software for ATSU
46.21.105 - Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU 584 [46-6]
46.21.111 - Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function 586 [46-8]

Detailed table
TITLE Page ATA ref
46.21.140 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+ 588 [46-10]
46.21.142 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+ 590 [46-12]
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 593 [49]

49.00.105 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment 594 [49-2]
Structures 597 [51]

51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention 598 [51-2]
51.22.250 - External livery decorative adhesive film 604 [51-8]
51.22.710 - Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3 coats) 608 [51-12]
Doors 611 [52]

52.22.200 - Installation of additional emergency exits (A319) 612 [52-2]
52.51.100 - Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions) 616 [52-6]
52.51.106 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism 618 [52-8]
Fuselage 621 [53]

53.30.050 - Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips 622 [53-2]
53.35.100 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection 626 [53-6]

TITLE Page ATA ref
Stabilizers 629 [55]
55.30.101 - Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge 630 [55-2]
Windows 633 [56]

56.10.102 - Cockpit windows alternate equipment 634 [56-2]
Wings 639 [57]

57.40.100 - Leading edge and leading edge devices 640 [57-2]
57.49.101 - Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes 642 [57-4]
Engines 645 [72]

72.00.118 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318) 646 [72-2]
Engine fuel and control 661 [73]

73.21.100 - Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring 662 [73-2]

Detailed table
TITLE Page ATA ref
Oil 665 [79]
79.00.101 - Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate 666 [79-2]
lubricating oil
79.40.101 - Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on 670 [79-6]
engine RH fan cowl

A320 Family Introduction 00
Reference Title
00.00.200 Introduction
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 1 [ 00-1]

00 Introduction A320 Family
00.00.200 - Introduction
Description 3) Instructions for use

1) General This Configuration Guide encompasses a wide range of
This Configuration Guide is dedicated to the aircraft options and in some circumstances, it is possible that a
models and associated Standard Specifications indicat- particular combination of options cannot be achieved.
ed on the first page. Therefore, the Configuration Guide must be used in
This Configuration Guide offers various options defined conjunction with the expertise and assistance of Airbus.
as "Airbus preferred solutions" to the customer.
When used in conjunction with the Standard Specifica- 4) Lead-times
tion and the other Configuration Guides a complete cus- This Configuration Guide shows items for which a pre-
tomization of the Aircraft is possible through the defined technical solution has been developed and for
selection of the different items and associated technical which the lead times have been studied. Provided the
solutions. schedule as defined in the customer definition mile-
stone chart is respected, these items can be installed
2) Basic aircraft without affecting the delivery lead time.
This Configuration Guide starts from the theoretical ba-
sic aircraft as shown in the reference layout for weight Caution:
and performance calculations of the corresponding Some items require longer lead-time than normal, and
Standard Specification and incorporating any relevant therefore customer decisions prior to Contractual Defi-
Manufacturer Specification Change Notice (MSCN). nition Freeze (CDF) deadlines. These items are high-
lighted in this catalogue by a special remark: "Subject to
lead-time constraints". For these items, specific deci-
sion deadlines shall be identified in customer definition
milestones.
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 2 [ 00-2]

00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)
5) Catalogue presentation As far as possible, the arrangement of the items follows

On each page, the following information is provided: the ATA 100 classification. The items are sorted by nu-
• Air Transport Association of America (ATA) title and merical order of reference numbers within a given ATA
section number chapter.
• date of the issue of the catalogue
• option reference
The different options bear a 7-digit reference number:
For each item, the description is structured in subparts: (e.g: 26.24.600) showing first the ATA (e.g. 26) and sub-
• objective of the item ATA (e.g. 24) classification, followed by a running num-
• basic aircraft definition related to the item ber (e.g. 600).
• description of the item in terms of modifications, in
some cases commented by a note and/or illustrated Each technical solution (TDU) is referenced by a two-
by drawings
digit number (e.g. 02).
• EPAC selection mode for the item shows whether the
item is selectable by individual or global Request For All items are listed in the Table Of Content (TOC) and
Change (RFC)/Specification Change Notice (SCN) duplicated at the beginning of each chapter.
procedure
• technical solutions: a table describes all technical so- Definition of titles:
lutions (called TDU: Technical Description Unit) as-
sociated to the item. "... equipment selection", "... alternate equipment", "pro-
visions for...", "Installation of...".
Note: For comparison purposes, some tables also show a) items titled "... equipment selection" relate to items
the basic aircraft equipment, labelled Std (Standard) in where the standard specification offers a choice of basic
the TDU column. equipment. For such items the customer is requested to
select from one of the choices on offer, unless alternate
equipment is required.

b) items titled "...alternate equipment" relate to items pend on successful product qualification and proof of
where the customer can choose equipment alternate to compliance with Airbus performance requirements and
that defined in the Standard Specification. customer expectations.
c) items titled "Provisions for..." relate to items where Weights

the customer can add structural and/or system provi- Weight definitions are as follows:
sions to prepare the a/c for later installation. • MWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Manufacturer's Weight
Empty
d) items titled "Installation of..." relate to items where the • OWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Operator's Weight
Empty
customer can add functions/equipment/systems on top • APL: Effect of RFC/SCN on Available Payload
of the standard definition. All weights quoted are for one off unless otherwise stat-
ed.
Selection conditions TBD: Weight effects have yet to be determined for RFC/
Specific selection conditions may be associated to an SCN.
item and are identified by an icon and a special remark Negl: Weight effect is small and will be taken as zero for
visible in the TDU table (see example in the figure here- individual RFC/SCN.
after). Weights for alternative items are delta weights to the
corresponding Standard Specification unless otherwise
Such solutions may be at the initial phases of develop- stated.
ment or first application on Airbus aircraft. For these Where the EPAC selection mode is Global the weight of
items commitment to quality, industrial and technical ca- the item shall be part of the relevant Global RFC/SCN.
pabilities, on time delivery and customer support de- Any weights shown in the catalogue for such items are
for guidance only.

For some individual RFC/SCN the weight is dependent Specific customer request
on customer requirements, e.g. certain BFE items. The Items that are not mentioned in this Guide, or corre-
weights for such items shall be taken for guidance only sponding to a modified item, require specific customer
and will be identified as such. requests as a special feasibility study has to be initiated.
It is therefore essential for customers to review the Con-
6) Definition handling figuration Guide as soon as possible to identify which of
The customer's selection is recorded by Airbus in RFC their requirements are covered and which are not.
forms. This will allow the customers, with the assistance of Air-
Then, a SCN is issued by Airbus, based on a customer's bus, to raise in time the necessary specific requests re-
RFC, and is submitted for customer's signature. lated to items which are not covered by this Guide.
These RFCs/SCNs are issued before CDF directly on Such specific requests shall necessarily have an impact
customer request except if their content is to be adapt- in terms of lead times and resources and shall conse-
ed. quently lead to constraints and decisions that shall be
discussed in good faith between the customer and Air-
Global RFC/SCN bus. Airbus hereby forewarns that this may lead to the
The global RFC consists of a checklist containing items unfeasibility of certain requests.
with considerable interdependence and equivalent
lead-times. The global RFC leads to the global SCN 7) Buyer's responsibility
which groups all selected items. All installation of equipment by any entity other than the
Manufacturer (including but not limited to the Buyer) for
Individual RFC/SCN which provisions are made or which are post-delivery of
The selection of individual items not covered by global the aircraft shall be made under the sole and full respon-
RFC/SCN is achieved via individual RFCs/SCNs. sibility of the Buyer.

The Buyer shall hold harmless and indemnify the Man-

ufacturer against any claims or/and damages related di-
rectly or indirectly to an incorrect installation of an
equipment or to such equipment itself, whether defec-
tive or not.

Figure 00-1 - Typical page description
Detailed description page
Option reference and title Chapter cover page
with a list of available items
ATA title and section number
25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family 25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family

25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in Reference Title
fwd and aft cargo holds
25.52.212 Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 fender for protection devices for the rapid decom-
To provide operational capability either to transport pression at frame 24 A. 25.52.304 Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average den- holds (A320/A321)
sity of 15 lb/cu ft. EPAC selection mode 25.52.310 Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
Global CARGO
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- 25.52.315 Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
200 25.52.404 Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
Full bulk configuration and structural provision for at- holds
taching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
. 25.52.407 Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical pro- 25.52.410 Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)
vision for mechanized bulk loading system.
25.52.500 Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- 25.52.511 Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold
200
The modification consists of the installation of:
. electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
additional tie-down fittings
door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the for-
ward and aft cargo holds
reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
drainage system
side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds
Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012 25.52.404 Page 246 [ 26-4] Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012 Page 243 [ 26-1]
Option reference page number

Date of the issue of the catalogue (ATA section + page number within the section)

Figure 00-2 - Example of technical solutions description table
Technical solution
identifier (TDU) Equipment information:
Weights information • reference
Title of the technical per series • vendor
Applicable MWE: Manufacturer’s Weight Empty
• PN (part numbers)
OWE: Operational Weight Empty
solution and optional series APL: Allowable Payload Change • quantity
Selection remarks Selection • status (BFE or SFE)
condition condition
remark
Table 25-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN
01 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A320-200 122.0/122.0/-122.0

and aft cargo holds - without A321-200 102.0/102.0/-102.0
ACT provision (A320/A321)

and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321)

provision for two ACTs (A320)
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320).

A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Reference Title
02.10.104 Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats
02.10.111 Compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.112 Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.120 15 knots tailwind certification
02.10.123 Operation on runways with reduced width
02.10.190 ETOPS 120/180 min
02.12.122 Compliance status with EU-OPS 1
02.12.123 Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)
02.12.130 EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC runways
02.40.101 External livery

02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To certify passenger seats in accordance with seat Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats is
frame specification AI 2521M1F100000 for dynamically mandatory for FAA certification on A319 and A321, but
tested passenger seats. is already included in the following option:
CN02.10.111/01 - Compliance with FAA type certifica-
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- tion requirements.
200
A319/A320/A321 EPAC selection mode
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat Individual
frame specification AI 2520M1F000100.
A318
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F000500 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-

200
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F100000 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.

05 Certification of dynamically A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

tested passenger seats B/C A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
06 Certification of dynamically A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

tested passenger seats Y/C A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements
Objective • installation of modified emergency exit inscription

To install all modifications to be in compliance with FAA and marking
type certification requirements. • installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
Basic aircraft • installation of passageways to emergency exits.
The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25 A320-200
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet). • installation of ozone converters
• installation of modified emergency exit inscription
Description and marking
The following changes shall be carried-out to be in com- • installation of maximum 179 passenger seats
pliance with the FAA Type Design of the respective Air- • installation of passageways to emergency exits.
craft type:
A318-100 A321-200
• installation of ozone converters
• installation of ozone converters • installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
• installation of modified emergency exit inscription per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
and marking
equivalent)
• installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as • installation of passageways to emergency exits.
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
• installation of weight placard on each overwing hatch Note
• installation of passageways to emergency exits. On US registered a/c the installation of variable geome-
try seats in conjunction with photoluminescent floor-
A319-100 mounted EEPMS is prohibited.
• installation of ozone converters

02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Compliance with FAA type cer- A319-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0

tification requirements (A319/ A320-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A321-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A320/A321)
For A319 and A321, not compatible with
CN02.10.104 - 16 g Certification of
dynamically passenger seats.
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone cata-
lytic converters.
Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.
08 Compliance with FAA type cer- A318-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0

tification requirements (A318)
lytic converters.
CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.


02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements
Objective A320-200
To install all modifications except cabin arrangement re- • installation of ozone converters
quirements, to be partially in compliance with FAA type • installation of modified emergency exit inscription
certification requirements. and marking.
Basic aircraft A321-200

The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance • installation of ozone converters.
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet). Note
• on US registered a/c the installation of variable ge-
ometry seats in conjunction with photoluminescent
Description floor-mounted EEPMS is prohibited.
The following changes shall be carried-out to be partial- • upon the selection of this option, AIRBUS will, no lat-
ly in compliance with the FAA Type Design of the re- er than 6 months before aircraft Industrial Delivery,
spective aircraft type: issue the FAA Type Design Statement to the end
customer including:
A318-100 - "Compliance Status to the FAA Type Design" (List of
• installation of ozone converters Modifications required to meet US Type Design)
and marking - "Additional Requirements to obtain a US Standard Air-
• installation of weight placard on each overwing worthiness Certificate" (Customization status for US op-
hatch. erations).
• the selection of this option ensures the partial compli-
A319-100 ance of the individual aircraft MSN to the FAA Type
• installation of ozone converters Design, at the exclusion of the cabin layout.
and marking.

02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)
• the delivery of a US Standard Airworthiness Certifi-

cate at Aircraft ID is subject to a prior FAA validation
process of the Aircraft customized definition. AIR-
BUS will timely initiate and control this process pro-
vided the end customer delivers, no later than 6
months before Aircraft ID, the final N-Registration
marks allocated by the FAA to the individual aircraft
MSN. Failure to meet this objective may generate
changes to the contractual definition (de-validation of
Modifications not timely approved by the FAA or De-
lay of the aircraft ID
• a revised FAA TD Statement will be provided at time
of delivery.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

04 Partial compliance with FAA A319-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0

type certification require- A320-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A321-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
ments (without seat arrange-
ment requirements)
lytic converters.
Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.
06 Partial compliance with FAA A318-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0

type certification require-
ments (without seat arrange-
ment requir) (A318)
lytic converters.
CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.


02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification
Objective • additional engine characteristics justifications with

To be able to take off with a tailwind component up to tailwind, in particular in terms of engine inlet.
15 knots depending on engine type.
Note
Basic aircraft Depending on the sensitivity of the engine inlet charac-
In the absence of specific flight tests, the usual interpre- teristics with a tailwind, a slower thrust application at
tation of the current certification requirements is to limit take-off may be necessary, which in turn may require
the tailwind operations to a maximum component of "rolling take-off procedure". Both effects may require
10 knots. long take-off distances and consequent aircraft gross
weight penalties for a given runway length.
Description
In order to operate the aircraft at a tailwind component EPAC selection mode
up to 15 knots, severe conditions shall be conducted by Individual
the aircraft manufacturer. This includes flight test dem-
onstrations with 1.5 x the desired limit in terms of tail-
wind.
The certification dossier for tailwind operations at take-

off shall include:
• new performance justifications, updating of flight
manual and flight crew operating manual
• additional handling qualities demonstrations in flight,
including justification/modifications (if necessary) of
the computers settings (angle of attack protection
settings, windshear warning ...)

01 15 knots tailwind certification A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

at take-off A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width
Objective EPAC selection mode

To authorize aircraft operation on runways with a width Individual
comprised between 30 m and 45 m.
Basic aircraft
The standard aircraft is certificated for operation on run-
ways with a minimum width of 45 m.
Description
Certification for operation on runways less than
45 meters wide (width comprised between 30 m and
45 m) is achieved by performing the following modifica-
tions:
• new performance justifications, updating of flight
manuals and TLC
• new definition of MMEL, updating of certification doc-
uments
• adjustment of limitations (e.g. crosswind, autoland),
updating of MEL and CDL.
Note
For aircraft equipped with a CLS and operating on re-
duced runway width, it is recommended to select a bulk
loading option.

01 Aircraft Operation on runways A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

less than 45m wide A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
Not applicable in conjunction with PW A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
engines

02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min
Objective ETOPS operation authorization can only be obtained

To make the design capable of 120/180 min maximum through application by the operator to its national au-
diversion time from diversion airport at normal one en- thority. During the operational life of the aircraft, addi-
gine inoperative cruise speed. tional modifications may be necessary to maintain
systems reliability at the required level. They are not
Basic aircraft covered by this change.
Basic certification is with class C cargo holds. Requires prior acceptance of CN26.23.111 - Cargo
holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS
Description 120 min or CN26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguish-
Modifications concern the supply of some systems in
ers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min.
electrical emergency conditions and their reliability as
It is mandatory to have at least one HF installed for
required by the applicable ETOPS Configuration Main-
ETOPS 120/180. Therefore, this option requires prior
tenance and Procedure (CMP) document at the time of
acceptance of CN23.11.116 - Installation of single HF
aircraft delivery.
system (SFE), or CN23.11.131 - Installation of single
HF system and full provision for second one (SFE), or
Note
The precise list of modifications depends upon the se- CN23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE).
lected configuration of the aircraft: If the aircraft makes extended over water flights, under
• applicable airworthiness requirement EU-OPS 1 requirements, it is the responsibility of the
• engine model operator to install slide rafts (EECG item CN25.62.102)
• APU type and two portable ELTs (EECG item CN25.65.305).
• cargo hold ventilation, heating.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Figure 02-1 - ETOPS - area of operation
(Non ETOPS twins) Typical single engine speed Typical single engine speed
60 minute rule 120 minute rule
Typical single engine speed
One engine failure flight path

(condition of ETOPS requirement)
180 minute rule

Figure 02-2 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A318)
A318 - ETOPS 120 min A318 - ETOPS 180 min
EASA/JAA FAA EASA/JAA FAA
CFM56-5B8/3 CN02.10.200/05 CN02.10.200/06 CN02.10.300/05 CN02.10.300/06

CFM56-5B9/3 CN02.10.200/07 CN02.10.200/08 CN02.10.300/07 CN02.10.300/08
PW6122A CN02.10.200/11 CN02.10.200/12 CN02.10.300/11 CN02.10.300/12

PW6124A CN02.10.200/13 CN02.10.200/14 CN02.10.300/13 CN02.10.300/14
Certified = SCG item Not certified

(no lead-time constraint) (lead-time constraint)

CFM56-5B5/3 CN02.10.210/03 CN02.10.210/04 CN02.10.310/03 CN02.10.310/04

CFM56-5B6/3 CN02.10.210/15 CN02.10.210/16 CN02.10.310/15 CN02.10.310/16
CFM56-5B7/3 CN02.10.210/37 CN02.10.210/38 CN02.10.310/37 CN02.10.310/38
IAE V2522-A5 CN02.10.210/41 CN02.10.210/42 CN02.10.310/41 CN02.10.310/42
IAE V2524-A5 CN02.10.210/51 CN02.10.210/52 CN02.10.310/51 CN02.10.310/52
IAE V2527M-A5 CN02.10.210/61 CN02.10.210/62 CN02.10.310/61 CN02.10.310/62
Certified = SCG item

(no lead-time constraint)

CFM56-5B4/3 CN02.10.220/03 CN02.10.220/04 CN02.10.320/03 CN02.10.320/04

CFM56-5B5/3 CN02.10.220/05 N/A CN02.10.320/05 N/A
CFM56-5B6/3 CN02.10.220/07 N/A CN02.10.320/07 N/A
IAE V2527-A5 CN02.10.220/41 CN02.10.220/42 CN02.10.320/41 CN02.10.320/42
IAE V2527E-A5 CN02.10.220/51 CN02.10.220/52 CN02.10.320/51 CN02.10.320/52
Certified = SCG item N/A = Not Applicable


CFM56-5B1/3 CN02.10.240/09 CN02.10.240/10 CN02.10.330/09 CN02.10.330/10

CFM56-5B2/3 CN02.10.240/30 CN02.10.240/31 CN02.10.330/30 CN02.10.330/31
CFM56-5B3/3 CN02.10.240/13 CN02.10.240/14 CN02.10.330/13 CN02.10.330/14
IAE V2530-A5 CN02.10.240/21 CN02.10.240/22 CN02.10.330/21 CN02.10.330/22
IAE V2533-A5 CN02.10.240/11 CN02.10.240/12 CN02.10.330/11 CN02.10.330/12


02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1
Objective
To provide compliance status report against EU-OPS 1,
subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, at aircraft delivery.
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft does not comply with EU-OPS 1, sub-
parts K, L & S (cabin emergency equipment, Emergen-
cy Locator Transmitter (ELT) installation, TCAS change
7.0, ...).
Description
At aircraft delivery, a compliance status report against
EU-OPS 1, subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, shall be
provided.
Note
The operator is responsible to show to their national op-
erational authority the compliance of their aircraft with
EU-OPS 1. AIRBUS is providing help by raising a factu-
al compliance review and cannot be responsible for the
non-compliance which may be identified.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Compliance status with EU- A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

OPS 1 - subpart K plus L A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
requirements A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
02 Compliance with EU-OPS 1 - A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

subpart K, L and S require- A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
ments A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)
Objective
To certify passenger seats and cabin attendant seats in
accordance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Crite-
ria - HIC).
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The passenger seat and cabin attendant seat configu-
ration shall be compliant with CS25/FAR 25.562
regulation.
In particular, dynamic tests are required on passenger
seats and cabin attendant seats to demonstrate such
compliance for the agreed validated cabin layout.
Note
Airbus commitment to show compliance with such reg-
ulation at delivery remains subject to the on-time suc-
cessful seat supplier results of passenger seat dynamic
tests.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

03 Compliance with CS25/FAR A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
HIC) A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC
runways
Objective for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320-200 state, taking into account the specific braking friction co-
To allow Take-Off/Landing performance calculation on efficient. The minimum OCTOPUS version needed for
wet runway taking credit of specific runway pavement calculation of the Landing A/C performance is V25.
(grooved or Porous Friction Course). On those specific
pavements, a higher braking friction coefficient, than on EPAC selection mode
standard smooth runways, can be reached. Individual
The grooved/PFC (Porous Friction Course) runway is
associated to a specific braking friction coefficient on
wet runway.
Basic aircraft for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320-

200
None.

200
The modification consists in introducing the relevant
limitations and performance through the AFM supple-
ment to cover Take-Off/Landing operations under wet
conditions on grooved/PFC runways.
The minimum OCTOPUS version needed is V23.1 that
allows as an option to select the calculation of the Take
Off A/C performance (Accelerate Stop Distance) either
on a smooth runway state or on a grooved/PFC runway

01 EASA certification of Take-Off A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

operation on wet grooved / A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
PFC runways
02 EASA certification of Landing A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

operation on wet grooved / A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
PFC runways

02.40.101 - External livery
Objective • leading edges of slats

To deliver the aircraft painted in the livery of the buyer. • engine intake lips and exhaust, parts of pylons
External livery means fuselage, vertical stabilizer and • scuff plates
nacelles. • horizontal stabilizer shield
• THS forward leading edge
• forward pylon fairings
Basic aircraft • equipment details such as angle of attack sensors,
The aircraft is delivered painted in white (fuselage, ver- static ports, selected antennas etc.
tical stabilizer), and light grey (wings, Trimmable Hori-
zontal Stabilizer (THS) and nacelles). Note 2:
External markings are in English only. One RFC will be issued for drawing identification.
Description Note 3:
The aircraft fuselage, vertical stabilizer and nacelles The complexity of each external livery (design, paint
shall be painted according to the livery of the customer blending and/or fading, number of colours, product se-
as defined by: lection, ...), can affect the paint production cycle. Con-
• a drawing prepared by AIRBUS, based on decorative sequently, each external livery is investigated on an
instructions from the customer (paper, floppy disk, individual basis, and relevant terms and conditions will
etc.)
• painted colour samples prepared by AIRBUS, based be mentioned in the corresponding SCN (Specification
on instructions from the customer (colour references, Change Notice).
samples).
EPAC selection mode
Note Individual
Note 1:
Some metallic areas are and remain unpainted:

Figure 02-6 - External livery (A319)
A319 shown
Principles valid for all A320 Family versions
IAE engine nacelle

anti-skid paint
CFM engine nacelle

THS leading edge
unpainted
Apron fairing
Slat leading edge
unpainted
THS travel area
Grey M9001 (polyurethane top coat)

Grey M9004 (upper wing coating)
White M8002
Metallic unpainted

01 External livery A318-100 TBD/TBD/TBD External livery TBD TBD SFE

A319-100 TBD/TBD/TBD

A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Reference Title
03.20.300 Design weights (A318)

03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
03.20.300 - Design weights (A318)
Objective for A318-100 EPAC selection mode

To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- Individual
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select-
able weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models).
Basic aircraft for A318-100

The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
• Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 59.4 t
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 59 t
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 56 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 53 t.
Description for A318-100

• changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Man-
ual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Opera-
tion Manual, ...)
• modification of the CG diagram
• changes in all performance related manuals and soft-
ware to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, …)
• replacement of labels bonded to the MLG main fitting
indicating MTOW and tire pressure
• possibly, changes of the wheels when necessary.

Figure 03-1 - Design weight options (A318)
8/3
/3
B9
A
56 1
M5 12
PW 8-121
PW 8-122
-5B
1
22
24
Weight
CF 18-1
CF 18-1
6-5
Design weights (t)
61
61
variant
1
A3
A3
A3
A3
M
CN03.20.311 CN03.20.312 CN03.20.321 CN03.20.322 TDU
MTOW 59 Certified = SCG item
000 MLW 56 Basic Basic Basic Basic 20 (no lead-time constraint)
MZFW 53
MTOW 61.5
001 MLW 56 Certified Certified Certified Certified 01
MZFW 53
MTOW 63
002 MLW 57.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified 02
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 64.5
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 66
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 68
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 56
MZFW 53
MTOW 61
MZFW 53
MTOW 64
MZFW 53

Figure 03-2 - Basic CG limits diagram (A318)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
80 80
75 75
70 70
65 65
60 MTOW 59 000 kg 60
57 MLW 56 000 kg
56
55 MZFW 53 000 kg 55
50 50
Flight Flight
45 45
42.6 Landing
Take-off
40 40
Landing
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC
32.2

Figure 03-3 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A318)
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
80 80
75 75
32.0
33.0
16.7
18.7
70 MTOW 68 000 kg 70
65 65
63 63
60 MLW 57 500 kg 60
56 57
55 MZFW 54 500 kg 55
Flight
50 50
Flight
45 Landing 45
Take-off
Take-off
40 40.6 40
31.18
Landing
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Objective for A319-100 Note for A319-100

To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is in-
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select- stalled, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
able weight variants associated with basic and optional modified accordingly.
EPAC selection mode
Basic aircraft for A319-100 Individual
are as follows:
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 64 t
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 61 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 57 t.

tion Manual, ...)
MLW, ...)
• replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
• possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary.

A5
5/3
6/3
5
5
7/3
56 111
25 31
V2 -132
56 112
25 133
56 115
4-A
-A
M-
-5B
-5B
E V -1
-5B
22
Weight
27
E V 319-
-
52
IA 319
CF A319
IAE 319
CF A319
CF 319
Design weights (t)
variant
A
A
M
IA
CN03.20.411 CN03.20.412 CN03.20.415 CN03.20.431 CN03.20.432 CN03.20.433 TDU
MTOW 64
000 MLW 61 Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic 20
MZFW 57
MTOW 70
001 MLW 61 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 01 Certified = SCG item
MZFW 57 (no lead-time constraint)
MTOW 75.5
002 MLW 62.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 02
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 68
003 MLW 61 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 03
MZFW 57
MTOW 68
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 70
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 73.5
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 75.5
MZFW 57
MTOW 64
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 66
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 66
MZFW 57
MTOW 62
MZFW 57

Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)

15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41% RC
80 80
75 75
70 70
65 MTOW 64 000kg 65
MLW 61 000kg
60 60
MZFW 57 000kg
55 55
50 49.6 50
45 Take-off
45
Flight
Take-off/landing
40 40
Flight
Landing
35.4
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
80 80
24
26
36
37
MTOW 75 500 kg
75 74.5 75
70 70
65.3
65 65
MLW 62 500 kg
60 MZFW 58 500 kg 60
25
55 55
50 49.6 50
45 45
Take-off
Take-off/landing Flight
40 Flight 40
Landing
35.4
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Objective for A320-200 • possible limitations associated to high design

To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- weights (for example maximum taxiing speed during
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select- turns).
able weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models). Note for A320-200
If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is in-
stalled, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 008) modified accordingly.
are as follows:
• Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 73.9 t EPAC selection mode
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 73.5 t Individual
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 64.5 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 61.0 t.

tion Manual, …)
MLW, …)
when necessary

Weight Design weights A320-214 A320-215 A320-216 A320-232 A320-233
Variant (tons) CFM 56-5B4/3 CFM 56-5B5/3 CFM 56-5B6/3 IAE V2527-A5 IAE V2527E-A5
CN03.20.514 CN03.20.515 CN03.20.516 CN03.20.532 CN03.20.533 TDU

MTOW 73.5
Certified = SCG item (no lead-
008 MLW 64.5 Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic 08
time constraint)
MZFW 61
MTOW 75.5
N/A = Not Applicable
009 MLW 64.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 09
MZFW 61
MTOW 77
010 MLW 64.5 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 10
MZFW 61
MTOW 75.5
011 MLW 66 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 11
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 77
012 MLW 66 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 12
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 71.5
MZFW 61
MTOW 73.5
MZFW 61.5
MTOW 78
015 MLW 64.5 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 15
MZFW 61
MTOW 73.5
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 78
017 MLW 66 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 17
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 71.5
MZFW 62.5

15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41% RC
90 90
85 85
80 80
75 MTOW 73 500kg 75
70 69.5 70
MLW 64 500kg
65 65
MZFW 61 000kg
60 60
55 55
50 50
47.5
45 45
Take-off
40 Landing 40
Flight
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC


Objective for A321-200 Note for A321-200

To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is in-
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select- stalled, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
able weight variants associated with basic and optional modified accordingly.
EPAC selection mode
Basic aircraft for A321-200 Individual
are as follows:
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 89.0 t
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 75.5 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 71.5 t.

tion Manual, …)
MLW, …)
when necessary.

3/3
/3
5
/3
5
56 211
6-5 3
V2 -232
V2 -231
6-5 2
0-A
3-A
M5 -21
B2
B1
M5 -21
-5B
Weight
-
CF A321
CF A321
IAE A321
53
IAE A321
53
CF 321
Design weights (t)
variant
A
M
CN03.20.611 CN03.20.612 CN03.20.613 CN03.20.631 CN03.20.632 TDU
MTOW 89
000 MLW 75.5 Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic 20
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 93
001 MLW 77.8 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 01 Not yet certified = certification possible
MZFW 73.8 on specific customer request
MTOW 89 (lead-time constraint)
MZFW 73.8
MTOW 87
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 85
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 83
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 83
Not yet Not yet
007 MLW 73.5 Certified Certified Certified 07
certified certified
MZFW 69.5
MTOW 80
Not yet Not yet
certified certified
MZFW 69.5
MTOW 78
Not yet Not yet
certified certified
MZFW 69.5
MTOW 85
Not yet Not yet
certified certified
MZFW 73.8
MTOW 93.5
MZFW 73.8

13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41% RC
95 95
90 90
MTOW 89 000kg
85 85
81.8
80 80
40.1
MLW 75 500kg
75 75
MZFW 71 500kg
70 70
65 65
Take-off
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 Flight 45
Landing
Take-off/landing
40 40
Flight
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
95 95
17
91.5 MTOW 93 500 kg
88
21.65
90 90
19.65
36.
89.0
83
37.
85 85
15.33
.16
17.5
80 80.3 80
15.5
39
MLW 77 800 kg 79.2
40.6
75 MZFW 73 800 kg 75.5 75
9.5
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
Flight 42.9 Landing
Take-off
40 40
E23_011_232A
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45%RC


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Reference Title
11.00.124 Installation of leasing identification plates
11.20.100 Second language for door operation external placards and markings
11.20.110 Second language for selected external placards and markings
11.20.119 Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers
11.20.135 Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning placards
11.21.101 Emergency cut-out markings
11.22.100 Landing gear placards
11.30.100 Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
11.30.121 Second language for cargo compartment placards
11.30.136 US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards
11.33.101 Placard for flight crew oxygen system

11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates
Objective
To install supplementary (leasing) identification plates
on the aircraft.
Basic aircraft
Manufacturer and owner plates are installed on the
frame of the forward RH passenger/crew/service door.
A SELCAL plate is installed on the main instrument pan-
el.
Description
Leasing plates are installed on each engine, on the up-
per frame of the forward LH passenger door and on the
cockpit side of lavatory A partition according to custom-
er requirements.
Note
The wording of the plates shall be provided to AIRBUS
contracts as soon as possible or at the latest one week
before the start of the ground check.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Installation of leasing identifi- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

cation plates on engines, LH A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
door frame and Lav A partition A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

cation plates on engines A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

cation plates on LH door frame A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

cation plates on Lavatory A A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
partition A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings

To provide exterior placards and markings related to Individual
door operation in bilingual (English and a second lan-
guage) instead of English only.
Basic aircraft
Exterior placards and markings are in English.
Description
The following exterior placards and markings, related to
operation, shall be bilingual:
• passenger/crew doors and emergency exits
• cargo doors.
(These markings are considered as one single pack-
age).
Note
• the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if nec-
essary, shall be provided by the customer (high qual-
ity scale one printout and/or floppy disk)
• an individual RFC has to be issued with the second
language identification (refer to external markings
booklets).

01 Second language for door A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
operation external placards A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
and markings A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings
Objective
To provide selected external placards and markings in
bilingual (English and a second language) instead of
English only.
Basic aircraft
External placards and markings are in English.
Description
In addition to the external placards dedicated to residual
cabin pressure warnings and doors operation, it is pos-
sible to select some of the others external placards and
markings as bilingual ones.
Note
• the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if nec-
essary, shall be provided by the customer
• an individual RFC has to be issued for second lan-
guage identification and the selection of concerned
placards and markings (refer to external markings
booklets).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Second language for selected A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
external placards and mark-
ings (A319)
ings (A320)
ings (A321)
ings (A318)

11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers
Objective
To provide permanent steering markers on the nose
landing gear doors.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Nose wheel steering maximum angle markings (corre-
sponding to a +/- 85 degree wheel position) and associ-
ated "NO TOW" texts shall be provided on both aft
doors of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG).
The areas shall be red with a 5 mm width white border
depending on background color (to be defined by AIR-
BUS). "NO TOW" shall be white.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 11-1 - NO TOW markings on NLG aft doors
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE

18 Nose wheel steering "NO A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

TOW" zone and text on NLG aft A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
doors A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door
warning placards
To provide translation in a second language for residual Individual
cabin and cargo pressure exterior door warnings.
Basic aircraft
To give warning on the ground that door handle opera-
tion with a cargo differential pressure will cause violent
door opening:
• passenger/crew/service doors are basically
equipped with a red light flashing if cabin differential
pressure is above 2.5 mbar
• cargo doors are basically equipped with a vent door
actuated when door lever is unlocked
• residual cabin pressure door warning placards on
passenger/crew/service doors, emergency exits and
cargo compartment doors are provided in English
language with space for a second language.
Note
• the translation of the English wording into the lan-
guage to be applied (customer text) shall be provided
by the customer in accordance with the associated
customer request
• the translation of the interior warning placards for re-
sidual pressure is to be selected through CCG item
CN11.30.110 TDU 43.

Figure 11-2 - Cabin and cargo exterior placards location for residual pressure
Window
Outside Cargo doors outside
Slide armed*
Cabin pressure
indicator
Window Vent door
PUSH Handle
HERE
Flap
Space for
second
DANGER * language
WARNING *
ENSURE THAT YOU ARE POSITIONED
DO NOT OPEN DOOR
LEFT OF THE DOOR FRAME WHILE
IF RED WARNING LIGHT IS FLASHING
UNLOCKING THE CARGO DOOR TO AVOID
(CABIN PRESSURIZED !)
INJURY IN CASE OF SUDDEN DOOR OPENING

01 Second language for residual A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
cabin & cargo pressure exte- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
rior door warning placards A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings
Objective
To enable rescue personnel to cut through the fuselage
structure with minimum obstruction/hindrance during
rescue operation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The emergency-cut out markings are applied around a
cabin window on the outer LH and RH side fuselage in-
cluding the English wording "CUT HERE IN EMER-
GENCY".
2 marking sets are applied on each side for A318 / A319
/ A320 and 3 marking sets for A321.
Note
The location depends on the interior monument posi-
tioning.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 11-3 - Emergency cut-out markings

01 Emergency cut-out markings A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

14 Bilingual emergency cut-out A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Colour TBD 1 SFE

markings A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Language place- TBD 1 SFE
ment
Second language TBD 1 SFE


11.22.100 - Landing gear placards
Objective
To provide more detailed information for the mainte-
nance.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
An "Inflate tyres with nitrogen only" placard is installed
on the NLG.
This placard is identical to the one basically installed on
the MLG.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

05 "INFLATE TYRES WITH NITRO- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

GEN ONLY" placard on NLG A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200

To provide indication for accessibility of system compo-
nents installed behind the lining and partitions of for-
ward and aft cargo holds.
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200

All placards within the cargo holds are installed in line
with the basic aircraft and different system options tak-
en by the customer.
Description for A320-200 and A321-200

The following additional access placards shall be in-
stalled in forward and aft cargo holds to direct and ease
access for affected equipment:
• ACCESS RAD.ALT.I (RADio ALTimeter transceiver)
• ACCESS RAD.ALT.II
• ACCESS TO parts of recirculation system
• ECB ACCESS PANEL (Electronic Control Box)
• VSC ACCESS PANEL (Vacuum System Controller)
• ACCESS TO several system components
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 11-4 - Additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
ACCESS RAD. ALT. I

ECB VSC
ACCESS RAD. ALT. II ACCESS PANEL ACCESS PANEL
ACCESS TO ACCESS TO
- RECIRCULATION FILTER
- RECIRCULATION FAN
- CONTROL UNIT FOR
- TRIM AIR VALVES DRAIN MAST ICE PROTECTION
- TRIM AIR REG. VALVE - ACCELEROMETER UNIT
- MIXER FLAP ACTUATOR
- FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLES
REMOVE THIS LINING

REMOVE THIS LINING
Typical access placards

01 Installation of additional A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

access placards in forward and A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
aft cargo holds
Basic on A318/A319


11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards
Objective
To install bilingual cargo compartment placards and
signs.
Basic aircraft
The standard cargo compartment placards and signs
are monolingual and in English only.
Description
The bilingual cargo compartment placards and signs
can be installed either with:
• English below and a second customer nominated
language
or with:
• English above and a second customer nominated
language.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 11-5 - Cargo compartment placards
MAX. LOADING HEIGHT Monolingual - Basic
MIN. 2” CLEARANCE TO CEILING

10 - D255.72950.302
BILINGUAL PLACARD OPTIONS - EXAMPLE : English / Portuguese
ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO Bilingual - Second language / English (TDU 02)

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT
A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO
MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING
- EXAMPLE ONLY -
MAX. LOADING HEIGHT

ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO Bilingual - English / Second language (TDU 03)
MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING

A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO
- EXAMPLE ONLY -

Std Monolingual cargo compart- A318-100

ment placards and signs - A319-100
A320-200
English only A321-200
02 Bilingual cargo compartment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
placards and signs - English A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
below and second language A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
03 Bilingual cargo compartment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
placards and signs - English A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
above and second language A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200

To install cargo compartment height indication placards
with US and metric units (inch and mm).

200
The standard cargo compartment height indication plac-
ards show US units only.

200
The cargo compartment height indication placards with
US and metric units shall be installed in fwd and aft car-
go holds on side lining close to ceiling to indicate the
maximum allowed height for bulk cargo operation.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 11-6 - Cargo compartment height placards in US and metric units
MAX. LOADING HEIGHT

MIN. 2 in (50.8 mm) CLEARANCE TO CEILING
10 0255 72950.306

01 US and metric units for cargo A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

compartment height placards A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Basic on A318 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system
Objective
Provide more detailed information for the maintenance.
Basic aircraft
General recommendation is provided.
Description
The oxygen supply system label shall feature the follow-
ing wording:
Oxygen supply system
• work to be performed by authorized personnel only
• ensure hands & tools are clean to prevent system
contamination
• during bottle replacement protect disconnected
ends.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 11-7 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system
PRE MOD POST MOD
OXYGEN SUPPLY SYSTEM

BOTTLE REPLACEMENT - WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY
- ONLY AUTHORIZED OPERATION: AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
REMOVAL OF THE BOTTLES (S) - ENSURE HANDS & TOOLS ARE CLEAN
- DURING THE OPERATION PROTECT TO PREVENT SYS. CONTAMINATION
DISCONNECTED ENDS - DURING BOTTLE REPLACEMENT
PROTECT DISCONNECTED ENDS

01 Oxygen supply system label A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

change A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Reference Title
21.20.108 Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection
21.22.100 Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
21.26.110 Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction
21.27.108 Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
21.28.201 Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold
21.28.210 Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold
21.41.100 Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
21.43.201 Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
21.43.204 Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold
21.70.109 Installation of ozone catalytic converters

21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection
Objective
To allow the customer to select one of the two basic
vendors for the cabin air recirculation filter cartridges.
Basic aircraft
Two High Efficiency Particle Arrestor (HEPA) recircula-
tion filter cartridges are installed.
Each filter cartridge is made of pleated glassfiber, inte-
grated inside a reinforced cylinder.
Description
Basic filter cartridges are installed according to vendor
selection made under TDU 01 or TDU 03.
Note
• if no vendor choice is made by the customer, one of
the selectable equipment will be installed according
to AIRBUS industrial requirements
• filter housings remain the same.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 21-1 - Recirculation filters
FWD zone
supply duct
AFT zone
supply duct
Recirculation filter
FW
AI
R
FL
OW
Pack 1
Mixer unit
Housing
Pack 2
Filter cartridge

01 Cabin air recirculation filter A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recirculation filter PALL- APME QA06423-01 2 SFE
cartridge equipment selection - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. cartridge
PALL-APME A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
03 Cabin air recirculation filter A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recirculation filter LE BOZEC 424B200-7 2 SFE
cartridge equipment selection - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. cartridge
LE BOZEC, PN 424B200-7 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
Objective
To improve the comfort for the captain and first officer
by the installation of heaters within the foot air piping.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The modification consists in installing heaters within the
foot air piping and switches in the cockpit. The air tem-
perature as well as the surface temperature in the vicin-
ity of the feet shall be increased.
Note
This option is recommended for a flight duration higher
than 2 hours.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 21-2 - Electrical heater for foot air outlets

02 Installation of electrical heat- A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0

ers on the foot air outlets in A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
cockpit for Captain and F/O A321-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0


21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction
Objective
In order to reduce the cockpit noise mainly on ground at
low and moderate temperatures.
Basic aircraft
One blower fan and one extract fan provide adequate
avionics air flow ventilation.
Description
In order to reduce the cockpit noise level on ground the
blower and the extract fans of the avionics ventilation
system shall automatically reduce their speed in relation
with the avionics blowing air temperature.
The installed fans are equipped with ceramic ball bear-
ings.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 21-3 - Avionics ventilation system
Avionics bay
Skin exch outlet

bypass valve
Skin exch
Skin heat isol valve
exchanger
Skin air inlet
valve Blower Skin air
fan Extract
fan outlet valve
Avionics
equipment
Filter
Air cond Skin exch
inlet valve Valves and fans
control inlet bypass
Cargo valve
Air cond duct underfloor
Ground-flight
AEVC
Thrust lever
position
Skin temperature
Reset p/b
Fault light
Blower fan
Extract fan
Ventilation fan

03 Avionics ventilation fan auto- A318-100 6.5/6.5/-6.5 Avionics ventilation TECHNOFAN EVT3454J01 2 SFE
matic speed reduction - TECH- A319-100 6.5/6.5/-6.5
A320-200 6.5/6.5/-6.5 fan
NOFAN A321-200 6.5/6.5/-6.5
Fan speed control- TECHNOFAN DV3454A00 1 SFE
ler
Sensor temperature THALES AVION- 87232323V01 1 SFE
speed control ICS SA


21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the existing avionics
ventilation air filter.
Basic aircraft
One avionics ventilation air filter is installed.
Description
The air filter of the avionics ventilation system is re-
placed by alternate equipment. The cartridges are not
interchangeable but the aircraft interfaces of the filter
housings are identical.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 21-4 - Avionics ventilation air filter
A A
Housing
Housing
Demister
Filter
cartridge
Filter Basic Alternate

cartridge equipment equipment
U-bend
Duct assembly

Std Avionics ventilation air filter A318-100 Avionics ventilation LE BOZEC 4200A200-6 1 SFE
basic equipment - LE BOZEC, A319-100
A320-200 air filter cartridge
PN 4200A200-6 A321-200
Demister LE BOZEC 425A200-5 1 SFE
Duct assembly LE BOZEC 402U20-2 1 SFE
Housing LE BOZEC 402K200-2 1 SFE
06 Avionics ventilation air filter A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Cartridge PALL- APME QB0776 1 SFE
alternate equipment - PALL- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
APME, QB0776 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Housing PALL- APME QB0555 1 SFE
U-bend PALL- APME QB0553 1 SFE


21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • the ventilation flow rate will be:
To provide a ventilation system for the forward cargo
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. car- A319: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 100 l/s
riage of livestock and perishable goods. (212 cu ft/min) in flight.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- A320: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 97 l/s
200 (205 cu ft/min) in flight.
Cargo holds are class C.
Dual loop smoke detection and a fire extinguishing sys- A321: 118 l/s (250 cu ft/min) on the ground and 165 l/s
tems are installed. (350 cu ft/min) in flight.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-
200
Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the forward tem automatically closes both isolation valves and
cargo hold via an isolation valve and side inlets located switches off the extraction fan (if operating).
at lower LH side of the hold:
• the air is extracted from the forward cargo hold EPAC selection mode
through a vent and discharged directly overboard via Individual
an isolation valve and venturi
• on ground the air is extracted by means of an electri-
cal fan, installed upstream from the isolation valve,
which continues to operate until a differential pres-
sure of 1 psi is reached
• a cargo ventilation controller is installed in the avion-
ics compartment which provides control and position
indication of the isolation valves

Figure 21-5 - Forward cargo hold ventilation system
Aircraft skin TEMP: C
Venturi p Switch COND
Isolation valve FAN
ALTN MODE
FAN
CKPT 20 FWD 22 AFT 23

44 40 38
Extraction fan C H C H C H
HOT
Specific to the A321 AIR
FWD
Smoke
detectors
CARGO VENT
FWD ISOL VALVE
FAULT
OFF
Cabin
ambient air
Isolation
valve
Cargo
ventilation
controller

01 Installation of ventilation sys- A319-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0

tem for forward cargo hold A320-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A321-200 24.0/24.0/-24.0


21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold
Objective In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-

To provide a ventilation system for the aft cargo hold, to tem automatically closes both isolation valves and
enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of switches off the extraction fan (if operating).
livestock and perishable goods.
EPAC selection mode
Basic aircraft Individual
System provision is installed.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing sys-
tems are installed.
Description
Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the aft cargo
hold via an isolation valve and side inlets along the low-
er LH side of the forward part of the hold.
The air is extracted from the aft cargo hold through
vents in the rear wall near the ceiling and discharged via
an extraction fan and an isolation valve toward the out-
flow valve and then overboard.
The electrical air extraction fan operates on ground and
in flight.
The ventilation flow rate on ground and in flight is 150 l/
s (318 cu ft/min).

Figure 21-6 - Aft cargo hold ventilation system
Towards outflow valve

Specific to the A321
Isolation TEMP: C
COND
valve FAN
ALTN MODE
FAN
CKPT 20 FWD 22 AFT 23

44 40 38
Extraction C H C H C H
HOT
fan AIR
AFT
Smoke detectors
Cabin CARGO VENT

AFT ISOL VALVE
ambient air
FAULT
OFF
Isolation valve
Cargo
ventilation
controller


tem for complete aft cargo hold A319-100 18.0/18.0/-18.0
A320-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0
A321-200 26.0/26.0/-26.0

tem for complete aft cargo hold
associated with gaseous oxy-
gen system
CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration pas-
senger gaseous oxygen system.


21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
Objective
To propose an alternate solution to the basic flight crew
foot air outlets locations.
Basic aircraft
Conditioned air is fed into the cockpit at the following
points:
• through lateral air outlets with adjustable airflow
• through individual air outlets with adjustable airflow
and stream direction
• through outlets at pilot foot level
• through ceiling outlets with adjustable airflow.
Description
The modification consists in relocating the cockpit flight
crew foot air outlets. The conditioned air is no longer fed
underneath the seats from an installation in the side
panels, but is blown in from behind the foot pedals.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Air conditioning - Cockpit air A318-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5

heating - Introduce front blow- A319-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A320-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5
ers at flight crew foot level A321-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5

21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 The forward cargo compartment heating system will
To provide a variable heating system for the forward permit to select a stabilized lower mean temperature
cargo hold to enable increased utilization of the hold, limit between 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C
e.g. carriage of livestock. (79 DEG F) with an accuracy of plus or minus 2 DEG C
(3.6 DEG F) at the reference point.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air sup-
200 ply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing sys-
tem automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
tems are installed.
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
With ventilation of the forward cargo hold installed (op- Requires prior selection of CN21.28.201/01 Installation
tional), the modification consists of heating the air by hot of ventilation system for forward cargo hold.
trim air bled from the hot air manifold.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the EPAC selection mode
Individual
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the supply duct temperature sensor.
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.

Figure 21-7 - Forward cargo hold heating system
Aircraft skin
Venturi Isolation valve p Switch
TEMP: C
COND
ALTN MODE
FAN FAN
Compartment CKPT 20 FWD 22 AFT 23
temperature Extraction fan 44 40 38
sensor C H C H C H
HOT
AIR
FWD 18
48
Cargo C H
ventilation
Smoke controller
Specific to the A321 detectors
CARGO HEAT
FWD ISOL VALVE
FAULT
Control panels (cockpit OVHD PNL) Cabin OFF
ambient air
MID CABIN HOT AIR
FWD
Duct temp.
FAULT
Hot air
OFF
sensor Isolation
COLD HOT valve
A COLD HOT
PACK 2 PACK 2
I Cargo Trim air
R valve
FAULT
heat
OFF C
O controller
N
D

01 Installation of heating system A319-100 10.0/10.0/-10.0

for forward cargo hold A320-200 13.0/13.0/-13.0
A321-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0


21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold
Objective The aft cargo compartment heating system will permit to

To provide a variable heating system for the aft cargo select a stabilized lower mean temperature limit be-
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. car- tween 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C (79 DEG F)
riage of livestock. with an accuracy of plus minus 2 DEG C (3.6 DEG F) at
the reference point.
Basic aircraft In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air sup-
Cargo holds are class C. ply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing sys- In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-
tems are installed. tem automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
Description
With ventilation of the aft cargo compartment installed
Note
(optional), the modification consists of heating the air by Requires prior selection of CN21.28.210/01 Installation
hot trim air bleed directly from the APU bleed air duct. of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold.
The hot air is controlled by a trim air valve and an addi-
tional trim air pressure regulating valve. EPAC selection mode
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics Individual
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the and the supply duct temperature sensor.

Figure 21-8 - Aft cargo hold heating system
Towards outflow valve
Specific to the A321
Isolation ECAM Page
valve
TEMP: C
COND
ALTN MODE
Extraction FAN FAN
fan CKPT 20
44
FWD 22
40
AFT 23
38
C H C H C H
HOT
AIR
Smoke detectors
AFT 18
48
Compartment temperature sensor
C H HOT
AIR
Cargo
Pressure Cabin ventilation
regulating ambient air controller
valve Duct temp. Control panel (Cockpit OVHD PNL)
sensor Isolation valve
From CARGO HEAT
APU HOT AIR AFT ISOL VALVE
bleed air duct FAULT FAULT
OFF OFF
Trim air
valve AFT
Cargo
heat COLD HOT
controller


for complete aft cargo hold A319-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A321-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0

for complete aft cargo hold
associated with gaseous oxy-
gen system
CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration gas-
eous passenger oxygen system.


21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters

To protect the passengers from high ozone concentra- Individual
tion.
Basic aircraft
Space and structural provisions are provided by design
of the air generation components underneath the centre
wing box.
Description
Two ozone converters are installed in the bleed-air sup-
ply line upstream of the pack flow control valves.
In addition to the current ozone catalytic converter, a

combined VOC/ozone catalytic converter is proposed.
The benefit of the latter is the reduction of odors in the
cabin due to fuel vapor and engine exhaust gas inges-
tion into the bleed system while on ground and taxiing.
This change requires the removal of existing bleed air

supply ducts between frames 35-37 underneath centre
wing box.

Figure 21-9 - Ozone converters location
Engine bleed
Ozone converters
To pack 2
Cross bleed
valve Flow control valves
To pack 1

07 Installation of ozone catalytic A318-100 19.7/19.7/-19.7 Catalytic ozone ENGELHARDT 20499006 2 SFE
converters - ENGELHARDT A319-100 19.7/19.7/-19.7
A320-200 19.7/19.7/-19.7 converter
CORPORATION, PN 20499006 A321-200 19.7/19.7/-19.7
08 Installation of combined VOC/ A318-100 25.7/25.7/-25.7 Catalytic VOC/ ENGELHARDT 44018005 2 SFE
ozone catalytic converters - A319-100 25.7/25.7/-25.7
A320-200 25.7/25.7/-25.7 ozone converter
ENGELHARDT CORPORA- A321-200 25.7/25.7/-25.7
TION, PN 44018005
VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds.

A320 Family Auto flight 22
Reference Title
22.00.104 Automatic landing capability
22.70.100 Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
22.81.143 Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
22.82.103 Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

22 Auto flight A320 Family
22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability
Objective for A320-200

To perform automatic landings under conditions that
were not part of the aircraft initial autoland certification.

Depending on aircraft and engine types, the autoland
function has been certified for a standard domain of op-
erations in terms of altitude, temperature...

The aircraft will be capable to perform automatic land-
ings in an extended domain of operations.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Automatic landing capability A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

extension for CFM engines
(9200 ft)
A320-215 and A320-216 : Subject to cer-
tification
06 Automatic landing capability A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

extension for IAE engines
(9200 ft)

22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
Objective
To offer a choice of supplier for FM kits and Multipur-
pose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
Basic aircraft
Two FM kits are fitted in each FMGC (2 per aircraft) and
two MCDUs are fitted in the cockpit center pedestal.
Description
This option installs alternate FM kits (2 cards per
FMGC) and two MCDUs, instead of the basic equip-
ment.
The equipment is mechanically, electrically inter-
changeable and functionally equivalent with the basic
one.
However mixing equipment from different suppliers is
not possible.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 22-1 - FM kits alternate equipment
FMS cards
DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA

BRT
F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU DIM

NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU
AIR
PORT
DIR PROG PERF INIT A
DATA B CBRT D E
RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU DIM
F-PLN
NAV PRED F-PLN F
COMM G
MENU H I J
AIR
PORT
A2 B K
C LD M
E N O
1 3
4 F5 G
6
P
H QI RJ S T
7 K8 L
9 U
M V
N W
O X Y
1 2 3
+ Z / OVFY
P0
SP CLR
4 5 6
Q- R S T
7 8 9 U V W X Y
0 + Z / SP OVFY CLR
-
FMGC FMGC MCDU

Std FM kits/MCDUs basic equip- A318-100 Flight Management THALES AVION- C13043BA03 2 SFE
ment - THALES AVIONICS/ Guidance Com- ICS S.A. /
SMITHS associated with PW puter (FMGC) SMITHS
engines
Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266AA01 2 SFE
trol and Display ICS SA
Unit (MCDU)
Std FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11) A319-100 Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042BA03 2 SFE
/ MCDU basic equip - HONEY- A320-200
A321-200 Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
WELL assoc. with IAE engines puter (FMGC) EYWELL
Multipurpose Con- HONEYWELL 4089740-961 2 SFE
trol and Display INC.
Unit (MCDU)
Std FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC A318-100 Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042AA04 2 SFE
H2C12) / MCDU basic equip - A319-100
A320-200 Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM A321-200 puter (FMGC) EYWELL
engines
Unit (MCDU)
38 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11) A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042BA03 2 SFE
/ MCDU altern. equip - HONEY- Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
WELL assoc. with PW engines puter (FMGC) EYWELL
FMS operational HONEYWELL PS4087600- 2 SFE
software INC. 903
Unit (MCDU)

48 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6I11) A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13043BA04 2 SFE
/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Guidance Com- ICS S.A. /
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. puter (FMGC) SMITHS
IAE engines
FMS operational THALES AVION- G2604AAG01 2 SFE
software ICS S.A. /
SMITHS
Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266EA01 2 SFE
Unit (MCDU)
49 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042AA05 2 SFE
H2C13) / MCDU altern. equip - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. puter (FMGC) EYWELL
engines
FMS operational HONEYWELL PS4087700- 2 SFE
software INC. 903
Unit (MCDU)
50 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6C13) A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13043AA05 2 SFE
/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Guidance Com- ICS S.A. /
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. puter (FMGC) SMITHS
CFM engines
FMS operational THALES AVION- G2604AAG01 2 SFE
software ICS S.A. /
SMITHS
Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266EA01 2 SFE
Unit (MCDU)

22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
Objective
To inhibit the expedite pushbutton to have functional
commonality between the A330/340 and the A318/319/
320/321 FCUs.
Basic aircraft
Expedite mode is used in climb or descent to reach the
desired altitude with the maximum gradient.
The function is manually activated by depressing the
expedite pushbutton on the FCU:
• expedite climb mode is engaged if the selected alti-
tude is higher than the aircraft altitude
• expedite descent mode is engaged if the selected al-
titude is lower than the aircraft altitude.
Disengagement can be done manually by engagement
of another vertical mode or automatically with ALT
mode engagement.
Description
Expedite pushbutton is replaced by a blank pushbutton
(fixed) on the FCU.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 22-2 - Expedite pushbutton
Pre-mod
SPD HDG LAT ALT LVL/CH V/S

HDG V/S
CSTR WPT VOR.D NDB ARPT ARPT NDB VOR.D WPT CSTR
BARO BARO
ROSE NAV 40 40 ROSE NAV
VOR 20 80 HDG V/S 100 1000 UP 20 80 VOR
ARC PUSH ARC
TRK FPA
IN HG HPA TO
LS PLAN 10 160 SPD METRIC 10 160 LS PLAN IN HG HPA
LEVEL
PULL MACH ALT PULL
AP 1 AP 2 OFF
STD 320 320 STD
1 2 DN 1 2
ADF VOR ADF VOR ADF VOR ADF VOR
FD LS OFF OFF LOC A/THR EXPED APPR OFF OFF LS FD
Post-mod

HDG V/S
HDG V/S 100 1000 UP

TRK FPA PUSH
TO
SPD METRIC
LEVEL
MACH ALT
AP 1 AP 2 OFF
DN
LOC A/THR EXPED APPR
Dummy expedite pushbutton

01 Inhibition of the expedite push- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

button A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

To ease maintenance tasks on the ground. Individual
Basic aircraft
Two MCDUs are installed on the pedestal, one on each
side.
MCDUs are connected to the FMS, CFDS, AIDS DMU
and ATSU.
Description
The third MCDU is installed on the captain's side con-
sole and connected to the CFDS. It is also connected to
the AIDS and ACARS systems. In such case the first
MCDU is connected only to the FMS and ATSU.
The modification consists of:

• side console adaptation
• installation of the third MCDU.
Note
• the third MCDU is used on ground only
• supplier choice must be consistent with item
CN22.70.100 - FMS kits alternate equipment, or
CN22.82.102 - MCDU alternate equipment, if appli-
cable.

Figure 22-3 - MCDU installation
MCDU
(basic)
BRT

OFF
F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU

AIR
PORT
A B C D E
M
F
A F G H I J C
I D
L U
K L M N O M
F
1 2 3 E
N
M P Q R S T U
4 5 6
7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ Z / SP OVFY Optional Printer
0 - CLR
MCDU (basic)
MCDU

06 Installation of third MCDU A318-100 10.0/10.0/-10.0 Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266EA01 1 SFE
associated with FMS - THALES A319-100 10.0/10.0/-10.0
A320-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0 trol and Display ICS SA
V800 A321-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0 Unit (MCDU)
Requires prior selection of a THALES
AVIONICS/SMITHS FMS.

A320 Family Communications 23
Reference Title
23.00.132 Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
23.11.102 Full provision for single HF system
23.11.111 Full provision for dual HF system
23.11.116 Installation of single HF system (SFE)
23.11.131 Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
23.11.155 Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
23.11.167 Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.11.169 Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.12.130 VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
23.13.100 Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.101 Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.105 Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
23.28.170 Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface
23.28.210 Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
23.28.211 Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system
23.50.110 Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel

23 Communications A320 Family
Reference Title
23.50.135 Installation of headset for fourth occupant
23.50.138 Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
23.51.103 Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
23.51.136 Boomsets alternate equipment
23.51.139 Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs
23.70.110 Installation of a video monitoring system
23.71.103 Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment
23.71.110 Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR
23.71.120 System provision for CVR capable of data link recording
23.73.200 Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)


23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator
Transmitter (ELT)
Objective Installation of a modified control panel near the ground
To install ELT, in compliance with ED62, designed to horn.
improve search and rescue by automatically activating
(through a G-switch), in the event of an emergency. Note
Certain interface wirings may be affected and some
Basic aircraft new ones may have to be installed once the ELT suppli-
The following provision is installed allowing the installa- er is selected.
tion of the automatic ELT: In this configuration the ELT can be used as an Auto-
• one external antenna (for 121.5, 243, 406 MHz fre- matic Fixed ELT (ELT (AF)) only. Due to its installation,
quencies) on top of the rear part of the fuselage be- this ELT cannot be used to replace an ELT(s) as men-
tween frame C64 and C65
• ELT support located in the upper part of the fuselage, tioned in EU-OPS1/AMC OPS 1.830(c).
close to the antenna
• a coaxial cable from the external antenna to the ELT EPAC selection mode
support in the aft ceiling area Individual
• wiring from the ELT support to the cockpit allowing
future installation of ELT remote control panel
• wiring from the ELT remote control panel location to
the ground electrical panel (ground horn).
Description
Installation of an ELT (BFE) capable of emitting a dis-
tress signal on the 121.5, 243.0 and 406.0 MHz interna-
tional standard distress frequencies.
Installation of a remote control panel in the cockpit.

Figure 23-1 - Automatic ELT installation
C64 C66 C70 C87

C65
ELT
ELT antenna support
FW
D
ET
ES
/R
ST
TE
T
EL
ON
A
R
M
ELT remote control panel E

D
Typical installation
ELT remote control panel

FLT INT
EXT PWR
108 VU
NOT IN USE AVAIL CKPT CALL ADIRU & APU FIRE

AVNCS VENT
R
ELT LIGHT TEST CKPT CALL RESET
APU SHUT OFF
Ground horn
Ground electrical power panel

31 Automatic programmable ELT A318-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6 Back up antenna ELTA 02N64070 1 BFE
(406AF) associated with A319-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6
A320-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6
remote control panel in cockpit A321-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6
- ELTA (BFE) Emergency Loca- ELTA 01N65900 1 BFE
tor Transmitter
(ELT)
Remote control ELTA 93N6035 1 BFE
panel
39 Automatic programmable ELT A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Emergency Loca- THALES AVION- S1821502-02 1 BFE
with prog. dongle with remote A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 tor Transmitter ICS SA
control panel (RC800) in cock- A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 (ELT)
pit - THALES
Emergency Loca- THALES AVION- S1820511-01 1 BFE
tor Transmitter ICS SA
(ELT) bracket
Programming don- THALES AVION- S1820514-04 1 BFE
gle ICS SA
Remote control THALES AVION- S1820513-15 1 BFE
panel ICS SA
44 Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN) A318-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5 Emergency Loca- HONEYWELL 1152682-3 1 BFE
assoc. with remote control A319-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5
A320-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5 tor Transmitter ASCA INC
panel in cockpit w/o AIM - A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5 (ELT)
HONEYWELL (BFE)
Remote control HONEYWELL 1153008-1 1 BFE
panel ASCA INC

45 Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN) A318-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6 Aircraft Identifica- HONEYWELL 1152780-1 1 BFE
A320-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6 tion Module (AIM) ASCA INC
panel in cockpit with AIM - A321-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6
HONEYWELL (BFE) Emergency Loca- HONEYWELL 1152682-3 1 BFE
tor Transmitter ASCA INC
(ELT)
panel ASCA INC
46 Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN) A318-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6 Aircraft Identifica- HONEYWELL 1153396-1 1 BFE
A320-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6 tion Module + NAV ASCA INC
panel in cockpit with NAIM - A321-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6 (NAIM)
HONEYWELL (BFE)
Capable to transmit the last aircraft posi-
tion (lat, long) Emergency Loca- HONEYWELL 1152682-3 1 BFE
tor Transmitter ASCA INC
(ELT)
panel ASCA INC

23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system
Objective
To make full provision for single HF system.
Basic aircraft
• space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719).
• structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of installing:
• one transceiver mount in the avionics compartment
• one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
• one antenna coupler mount in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
• the antenna feeder and all the necessary wiring.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 23-2 - Full provision for single HF system
RMP3
RMP1 RMP2
Antenna
VDR1 VDR2
VDR3
One transceiver mount One antenna
in avionics compartment coupler mount
HF1
Full
HF2
provision

01 Full provision for single HF A318-100 16.0/16.0/-16.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
system (ARINC 719) A319-100 16.5/16.5/-16.5
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A321-200 19.0/19.0/-19.0


23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system
Objective
To make full provision for dual HF system.
Basic aircraft
transceivers (ARINC 719)
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of installing:
• two transceiver mounts in the avionics compartment
• two antenna coupler mounts in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
• two antenna feeders and all necessary wiring
• one HF antenna in the fin leading edge.
Note
The same HF antenna shall be used for both HF sys-
tems.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 23-3 - Full provision for dual HF system
RMP3
RMP1 RMP2
Antenna
VDR1 VDR2
VDR3 Two transceiver mounts Two antenna

in avionics compartment coupler mounts
HF1 HF2
Full Full
provision provision

01 Full provision for dual HF sys- A318-100 29.0/29.0/-29.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
tem (ARINC 719) A319-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0
A320-200 31.0/31.0/-31.0
A321-200 35.0/35.0/-35.0


23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE)
Objective
To install one HF system for voice communication in ar-
eas outside VHF coverage.
Basic aircraft
and coupler.
Description
• installing one HF transceiver and its associated
mount in the avionics compartment
• installing one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
• installing one antenna coupler and its associated
mount in the ceiling of the rear part of the aircraft
• pin-programming the AMU.
Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Installation of single HF sys- A318-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE

tem (data link capable) - ROCK- A319-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0
A320-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
WELL COLLINS 900 (SFE) A321-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
HFDR antenna ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003 1 SFE
coupler LINS
HFDR transceiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0990-003 1 SFE
LINS
05 Installation of single HF sys- A318-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
tem (data link capable) - HON- A319-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0
A320-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
EYWELL (SFE) A321-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
HFDR antenna HONEYWELL 964-0453-001 1 SFE
coupler INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
HFDR transceiver HONEYWELL 964-0452-052 1 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
Objective
To install single HF system, with full provision for a sec-
ond one.
Basic aircraft
and coupler.
Description
• installation of two HF transceiver mounts and one HF
transceiver in the electronic rack
• installation of one HF antenna (in the leading edge)
• installation of two HF antenna coupler mounts and
one HF antenna coupler
• pin-programming of the Audio Management Unit
(AMU).
Note
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 23-4 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one
RMP3
RMP1 RMP2
Antenna
VDR1 VDR2
VDR3
One transceiver and two One antenna coupler
transceiver mounts in and two antenna
avionics compartment coupler mounts
HF2
HF1 Full
provision

02 Inst. of single HF system (data A318-100 51.0/51.0/-51.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
link capable) & full prov for A319-100 52.0/52.0/-52.0
A320-200 52.0/52.0/-52.0
second one - ROCKWELL A321-200 56.0/56.0/-56.0
COLL. 900 (SFE) HFDR antenna ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003 1 SFE
coupler LINS
LINS
05 Inst. of single HF system (data A318-100 51.0/51.0/-51.0 HF antenna TBD 1 SFE
link capable) and full prov for A319-100 52.0/52.0/-52.0
A320-200 52.0/52.0/-52.0
second one - HONEYWELL A321-200 56.0/56.0/-56.0
(SFE) HFDR antenna HONEYWELL 964-0453-001 1 SFE
OLATHE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE


23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
Objective
To install a dual HF system for voice communication in
areas outside VHF coverage.
Basic aircraft
and coupler.
Description
• installation of two HF transceivers with associated
mounts in the avionics compartment
• installation of one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
• installation of two HF antenna couplers with associ-
ated mounts in the ceiling of the rear part of the air-
craft
• pin-programming of the AMU.
Note
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 23-5 - Installation of dual HF system
RMP3
RMP1 RMP2
Antenna
VDR1 VDR2
VDR3
Two transceivers Two antenna
and associated mounts couplers with
in avionics compartment associated mounts
HF1 HF2

02 Installation of dual HF system A318-100 72.0/72.0/-72.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE

(data link capable) - ROCK- A319-100 73.0/73.0/-73.0
A320-200 73.0/73.0/-73.0
WELL COLLINS 900 (SFE) A321-200 77.0/77.0/-77.0
HFDR antenna ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003 2 SFE
coupler LINS
LINS
05 Installation of dual HF system A318-100 72.0/72.0/-72.0 HF antenna TBD 1 SFE
(data link capable) - HONEY- A319-100 73.0/73.0/-73.0
A320-200 73.0/73.0/-73.0
WELL (SFE) A321-200 73.0/73.0/-73.0
HFDR antenna HONEYWELL 964-0453-001 2 SFE
OLATHE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE


23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
Objective HF VOICE functionality for customers for which HF usu-

To allow installation of HFDR capable of data link mode. al VOICE operation is necessary, it is recommended to
install a second HF or at least full provision for a second
Basic aircraft one.
None.
EPAC selection mode
Description Individual
Based on the existing HF system provision or installa-
tion, additional wiring provision is installed to make
HFDR capable of data communication.
HF1 (and HF1 only) system will be connected to the fol-
lowing systems:
• ATSU (only one HFDR connected)
• FWCs for ECAM message
• RMPs for voice/data monitoring
• CFDIU for the acquisition of pin programming of the
HFDR.
Note
When HF Data Link (HFDL) function is activated, the
RMP human-machine interface for HF1 is the same as
VHF3 when ACARS or ATSU is installed, i.e. that one
RMP window displays a VOICE frequency while the oth-
er displays "DATA". Therefore, ergonomics for use of
the VOICE function is downgraded. In order to keep the

01 Additional wiring for single A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0

HFDL function A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
Requires prior selection of provision or A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
installation of a single or dual HF system.

23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function

To provide data link capability over HF Data Radio Individual
(HFDR).
Basic aircraft
• provisions for HF system
• an ATSU is installed providing ACARS function.
Description
The HFDL capability is activated. This requires prior in-
stallation of:
• upgraded ATSU software capable of HFDL
• upgraded HF transceivers and couplers to be data
capable
• wiring between the ATSU and the HF system.
Note
• in single HF configuration, when Data Link is activat-
ed, one RMP window displays a voice frequency and
the other displays "DATA". Therefore ergonomics for
use of the voice function is downgraded (crew work-
load + frequency memory lost) and consequently, it
is recommended to install a second HFDR system for
HF usual voice operation
• single network provider: ARINC.

01 Activation of HFDL function for A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

AOC A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
Requires prior acceptance of A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
CN23.11.167/01- Additional wiring for
HFDL function and installation of a single
or dual HF system

23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendors for VDR transceivers.
Basic aircraft
Three VDR systems are installed, generally in accor-
dance with ARINC 716 and ARINC 750.
Description
This option allows to select alternate vendors for VDR
transceivers.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 23-6 - VHF system
RMP3
RMP1 RMP2
VDR1 antenna VDR3 antenna
VDR1 VDR2
VDR3
Three VDR VDR2 antenna
transceivers
HF1 HF2

Std VHF Data Radio (VDR) basic A318-100 VDR transceiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-1287-120 3 SFE
equipment, type VHF 2100, A319-100
A320-200 (mode 2) LINS
capable VDL mode 2 - ROCK- A321-200
WELL COLLINS VHF antenna CHELTON 2438-89-00 3 SFE
12 VHF Data Radio (VDR) alter- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. VDR transceiver THALES AVION- EVR750-04- 3 SFE
nate equipment, capable VDL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (mode 2) ICS SA 0100A
mode 2 - THALES AVIONICS A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
13 VHF Data Radio (VDR) alter- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. VDR transceiver HONEYWELL 064-50000- 3 SFE
nate equipment, capable VDL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (mode 2) INC. REDMOND, 2051
mode 2 - HONEYWELL A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE


23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)
Objective
To provide alternate Radio Management Panels (RM-
Ps).
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center ped-
estal.
Description
The basic RMPs are replaced by alternate equipment
(MLS capable and with turbo tuning).
Note
A third RMP (CN23.13.101) is recommended if an op-
tional HF is installed.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Std Radio Management Panel A318-100 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848CB01 2 SFE
(RMP) basic equip. with turbo A319-100
A320-200 ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
tuning & HF data activation A321-200
capab. (std 2B)
03 Radio Management Panel A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848DB01 2 SFE
(RMP) alternate equipment - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
MLS/GLS compatible and with A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
turbo tuning (std 3B)
04 Radio Management Panel A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848EA01 2 SFE
(RMP) - alternate equipment - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
with CPDLC function capability A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
(std 4)

23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
Objective
To provide additional control for communication radios
and back-up in case one of the basic RMPs fails.
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center ped-
estal.
Description
The third RMP is connected to all VDR transceivers
(and HF if installed) via the two basic RMPs.
The third RMP is used for communication facilities only.
The modification consists of the:
• modification of the CFDIU pin programming
• installation of the third RMP on the existing provision
• removal of safety clip from appropriate circuit break-
er.
Note
The third RMP is recommended if an optional HF is in-
stalled.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 23-7 - Third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
ACTIVE STBY/CRS
RMP3 VHF1 VHF2 VHF3
SE
HF1 SEL HF2 AM
STBY NAV ON
NAV VOR LS ADF BFO

OFF
RMP1 RMP2 Third radio management panel
VDR1 VDR2
VDR3
HF1 HF2
Captain RMP1 First Officer RMP2

08 Installation of third RMP MLS A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848DB01 1 SFE
and GLS compatible and with A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
turbo tuning (std 3B) - THALES A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
AVIONICS
CN23.13.100/03 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - MLS/
GLS compatible and with turbo tuning (std
3B)
09 Installation of third RMP - with A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848EA01 1 SFE
CPDLC function capability (std A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
4) A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - with
CPDLC function capability (std 4)
10 Installation of third RMP - with A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848CB01 1 SFE
turbo tuning of VHF channels A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
& HF data activ. capability (std A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
2b)
Panel (RMP) alternate equip. with turbo
tuning & HF data activation capab. (std
2B)


23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
Objective
To activate the RMP std 4 frequency load function.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The frequency load function associated to FANS shall
be activated on RMP standard 4.
It consists in the automatic loading of the standby fre-
quency received by datalink via the ATSU.
It implies to:
• install and connect wiring between RMP and ATSU
• remove "DEACT" placard on RMP front face.
Note
Requires prior selection of CN46.21.142/02 Installation
of FANS B+ or CN46.21.140/07 Installation of FANS A+
with datalink recording capability.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Activation of RMP std 4 fre- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

quency load function A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior selection of CN46.21.142/ A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
02 Installation of FANS B+

23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface

To provide cockpit voice communications for the aero- Individual
nautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Cockpit voice communications is provided for the aero-
nautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.
This modification consists of the following:

• replacement of the basic Audio Management Unit
(AMU) by an upgraded AMU, with SATCOM inter-
face capability
• replacement of the Audio Control Panels (ACPs) by
upgraded ACPs with SATCOM capability
• installation of wiring between SDU location and
AMU, as well as FWC
• update of MCDU documentation.
Note
For SATCOM cockpit voice operation, the MCDU will be
used for dialing and the ACP for call establishment and
termination.

33 Cockpit voice interface - AERO A318-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0 Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AE0 4 SFE
H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0
A320-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0 (ACP) 1
COLLINS - ACP for fourth A321-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0
occupant in cockpit Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LB1 1 SFE
Requires prior installation of ROCKWELL
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB & ment Unit (AMU) 40204
CN23.50.110/21 - Installation of an ACP
for the fourth occupant - T.E.A.M
A320-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0 (ACP) 1
COLLINS - ACP for 4th occup. A321-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0
& avionics comp. Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LB1 1 SFE
Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and ment Unit (AMU) 40204
for the fourth occupant and an ACP and a
jack panel in the avionics compartment.
35 Cockpit voice interface - AERO A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AE0 3 SFE
H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (ACP) 1
COLLINS - basic ACP installa- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
tion Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LA1 1 SFE
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB. ment Unit (AMU) 40204
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 (ACP) 1
COLLINS - ACP in avionics A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
compartment Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LA1 1 SFE
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and ment Unit (AMU) 40204
and a jack panel in the avionics compart-
ment.

23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
Objective Note
To install AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM avionics sys- No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture
tem and antenna equipment. the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avion-
ics/antenna) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM sys-
Basic aircraft tem.
None.
EPAC selection mode
The AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM is a transmission
system based on Inmarsat services that provides:
• two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
• one classic data channel (2.4 kbps - 10 kbps band-
width) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS trans-
missions
The modification consists in installing:

• one AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM SATCOM sub-
system
• associated High Gain antenna sub-system.

01 Installation of AERO H+ SRT A318-100 90.0/90.0/-90.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE
2100B SATCOM system - A319-100 90.0/90.0/-90.0
A320-200 90.0/90.0/-90.0
ROCKWELL COLLINS A321-200 90.0/90.0/-90.0
Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)
Feeder CHELTON 6058-89-99 1 SFE
High Gain Antenna CHELTON 4141-89-99 1 SFE

(HGA)
SATCOM trans- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401 1 SFE
ceiver LINS
2100B SATCOM system with A319-100 91.0/91.0/-91.0
A320-200 91.0/91.0/-91.0
prov. for 1 SBB channel - A321-200 91.0/91.0/-91.0
ROCKWELL COLLINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)

(HGA)
ceiver LINS

2100B SATCOM system with A319-100 92.0/92.0/-92.0
A320-200 92.0/92.0/-92.0
prov. for 2 SBB channels - A321-200 92.0/92.0/-92.0
Amplifier (D/LNA)

(HGA)
ceiver LINS


23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system
Objective Note
To install Swiftbroadband (SBB) SATCOM avionics and No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture,
antenna equipment. the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avion-
ics/antennas) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM sys-
Basic aircraft tem.
None.
EPAC selection mode
The SwiftBroadband (SBB) is a high speed Inmarsat
service providing channels up to 432 kbps each.
The SBB SATCOM is a transmission system that pro-
vides following services:
• one or two high speed data channels (up to 432 kbps
per channel bandwidth) used for future cabin or
cockpit applications requiring high bandwidth
• two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
• one classic data channel (2.4 kbps-10 kbps band-
width) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS trans-
missions.
The modification consists in installing:

• one SBB SATCOM sub-system
• associated High Gain antenna sub-system.

01 Installation of Swiftbroadband A318-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE

(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB A319-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0
A320-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
channel - ROCKWELL COL- A321-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
LINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)

(HGA)
High Speed Data ROCKWELL COL- 822-2232-040 1 SFE
Unit (HSDU) LINS
HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401 1 SFE
(HDM) LINS
ceiver LINS


(SBB) SATCOM - two SBB A319-100 47.0/47.0/-47.0
A320-200 47.0/47.0/-47.0
channels - ROCKWELL COL- A321-200 47.0/47.0/-47.0
LINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)

(HGA)
Unit (HSDU) LINS
(HDM) LINS
ceiver LINS


(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB A319-100 42.0/42.0/-42.0
A320-200 42.0/42.0/-42.0
channel and prov. for a 2nd - A321-200 42.0/42.0/-42.0
Amplifier (D/LNA)

(HGA)
Unit (HSDU) LINS
(HDM) LINS
ceiver LINS

23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel
Objective Description
To provide provision for two-way communication for a For the installation of an ACP for the fourth occupant the
fourth occupant and/or additional communication capa- modification consists of:
bility in the avionics compartment for maintenance pur- • a new AMU which is interchangeable
poses. • a supplementary ACP on the overhead panel
• additional wiring between ACP and AMU
• additional plugs for boomsets and hand microphone.
Basic aircraft
• three audio control panels for the Captain, the First
Officer, and the third occupant For the installation of an ACP and a jack panel in the
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the avionics compartment the modification consists of:
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the • a supplementary ACP in the avionics compartment
boomset and one jack type for a headset • additional wiring between ACP and AMU
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's • additional plugs for boomsets, hand microphone,
station headsets and service interphone.
• a jack panel for the third occupant with three connec-
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro- EPAC selection mode
phone, and one jack type for a headset Individual
• a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones
• service interphone jack and system provision for an
ACP in the avionics compartment.

Figure 23-8 - Audio Control Panel (ACP) installation (typical configurations)
Fourth occupant Third occupant
ACP ACP
First officer
ACP
Captain
ACP
BOOMSET HAND MIC
SVCE INTPH HEADSET
Jack Panel
Jack Panel
Fourth occupant station ACP
AMU
CALL CALL CALL CALL CALL MECH ATT

BOOMSET
VHF1 VHF2 VHF3 HF1 HF2 INT CAB
INT
HAND MIC ON
VOICE RESET PA
RAD
VOR1 VOR2 MKR ILS MLS ADF1 ADF2
Jack Panel Audio Control Panel Avionics compartment

21 Installation of ACP for fourth A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AD0 1 SFE
occupant - T.E.A.M. A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Incompatible with CN23.50.135 - Installa-
tion of headset for fourth occupant (SFE)
Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031SB1 1 SFE
ment Unit (AMU) 40204
22 Installation of ACP and jack A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AD0 1 SFE
panel in avionics compart- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
ment - T.E.A.M. A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031SA1 1 SFE
ment Unit (AMU) 40204
23 Installation of ACP for fourth A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AD0 2 SFE
occupant and ACP and jack A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
panel in avionics compart- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
ment - T.E.A.M. Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031SB1 1 SFE
tion of headset for fourth occupant (SFE). ment Unit (AMU) 40204


23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant

To allow the fourth occupant to listen to communica- Individual
tions selected on the third occupant ACP.
Basic aircraft
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro-
phone, and one jack type for a headset
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones.
Description
Installation of headset for fourth occupant in the LH aft
console.
Note
• the headset plugs shall be PJ 055 or equivalent
• requires prior acceptance of CN25.11.208 - Installa-
tion of fourth occupant seat in cockpit.

Figure 23-9 - Fourth occupant headset
Fourth occupant station
HEADSET
Basic
headset jack

12 Installation of headset for A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5 Headset SENNHEISER 046-69-999- 1 SFE

fourth occupant - SEN- A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5 0931
NHEISER, model HD46-K1 A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5


23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate supplier for the three basic hand
microphones in the cockpit.
Basic aircraft
Three hand microphones are installed in the cockpit.
Description
The cockpit hand microphones are replaced by alter-
nate equipment. The corresponding brackets shall be
adapted accordingly.
Note
HOLMBERG microphones (TDU 06) are compulsory in
conjunction with GSM on-board.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Std Cockpit hand microphone A318-100 Hand microphone LEM SA M83P1801A 3 SFE
basic equipment A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
06 Cockpit hand microphone A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Hand microphones HOLMBERG 85-16-12022- 3 SFE
alternate equipment - HOLM- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. 05
BERG, PN 85-16-12022-05 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Compulsory in conjunction with GSM on-
board.

23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
To improve audio communication for cockpit crew by in- Active noise canceling boomsets are installed in re-
stallation of active noise canceling boomsets. placement of the basic boomsets.
Basic aircraft The modification consists of:

• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the • system provision (including any necessary wiring) to
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the accommodate active noise canceling boomsets with
boomset and one jack type for a headset XLR-5 plug. The required power supply shall be 28
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's VDC, + 28 VDC on Pin 5 and earth (together with Au-
station dio Lo) on Pin 2
• a jack panel for the third occupant with three connec- • adaptation of the wiring between the AMU and the
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro- Captain, First Officer and third occupant boost recep-
phone, and one jack type for a headset tacle (XLR-5 plug) in order to be able to install active
• a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant, noise canceling boomsets
linked to third occupant's audio output • installation of three active noise canceling boomsets.
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones. Note
As this modification requires change of the audio sys-
tem wiring principle on aircraft, the audio transmission
quality can be affected.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 23-10 - Active noise canceling boomsets locations
BOOMSET
HEADSET
HAND MIC
Captain First Officer Jack panel

boomset boomset
Captain
microphone
First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
boomset + microphone
Fourth occupant
headset

04 Installation of active noise can- A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5 Boomset SENNHEISER 026-35-999- 3 SFE
celing boomsets (SFE) - SEN- A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5 3211
NHEISER HMEC 26-CP A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5


23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment

To provide alternate equipment for boomsets. Individual
Basic aircraft
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
station
• three boomsets
Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equip-
ment complying with ARINC 535A and 538B specifica-
tions.
The boomset plugs shall be ITT common type XLR-5-

12-C or equivalent.

Figure 23-11 - Boomsets locations
BOOMSET
HEADSET
HAND MIC

boomset boomset
Captain
microphone
First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
Fourth occupant
headset

Std Boomsets basic equipment - A318-100 Boomset HOLMBERG 1046GT2102 3 SFE

HOLMBERG A319-100
A320-200 AY
A321-200
27 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset TELEX COMMU- 64300-210 3 SFE
ment - TELEX COMMUNICA- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. NICATIONS INC
TIONS, PN 64300-210 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
30 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset SENNHEISER 046-55-999- 3 SFE

ment - SENNHEISER - HME46- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
C (SFE) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs
Objective dedicated to the boomset. Therefore, it is no more pos-

To provide alternate equipment for boomsets. sible to connect simultaneously a boomset and a head-
set.
Basic aircraft
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the EPAC selection mode
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the Individual
station
• three boomsets
Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equip-
ment with two jack plugs, complying with ARINC 535A
and 538B specifications.
The boomset jack plugs shall be type JP068 and JP055.
The three jack panels (pilots and third occupant) are re-
placed by new ones mechanically interchangeable,
where the boomset connector and the headset jack
connector are replaced by two jack connectors both

Figure 23-12 - Boomsets locations
BOOMSET
MIC
RCVR
HAND MIC

boomset boomset
Captain
microphone
First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
Fourth occupant
headset

04 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset TELEX COMMU- 64300-212 3 SFE
ment with two jack plugs - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. NICATIONS INC
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS, PN A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
64300-212
05 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset SENNHEISER 046-55-999- 3 SFE

ment with two jack plugs - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
SENNHEISER, model HME46-K A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system
Objective
The purpose of the video monitoring system is to:
• enable the flight crew to identify anyone asking to en-
ter the cockpit
• provide the flight crew with a visual image of the
cockpit door area in order to be able to assess any
suspicious behaviour and potential threats to flight
safety.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) shall be
composed of:
• two video cameras located in Door 1 area
• one video camera located in cockpit entrance area
• a display located in the cockpit.
The camera view shall be selectable by the flight crew
in the cockpit.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Installation of a Cockpit Door A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0

Survey System A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A321-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
14 Installation of Cockpit Door A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0

Surveillance System (CDSS) A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
connected to the ECAM SD A321-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
CN31.60.120/10 Installation of cockpit
display units with video capability.

23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment
To replace the basic Solid State Cockpit Voice Record- The basic SSCVR equipment is replaced by alternate
er (SSCVR) by an alternate one complying with airwor- equipment
thiness requirements.
The SSCVR has the capability to store the last 2 hours Note
of crew conversations and communications in flight and All equipment are electrically and mechanically inter-
on ground in a box able to endure severe environment changeable.
conditions.
EPAC selection mode
One SSCVR is installed in the aft section of the aircraft.
The SSCVR automatically starts recording:
• on ground during the first five minutes following ener-
gization of the aircraft electrical network
• on ground with one engine running
• in flight with engines running or stopped.
The SSCVR automatically stops recording five minutes
after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSCVR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton to allow pre-flight
checklist recording.
The complete erasure of the SSCVR can be performed
by pushing the ERASE pushbutton provided the aircraft
is on ground with parking brake applied.

Figure 23-13 - SSCVR location
Area microphone
RCDR
GRD CTL CVR ERASE CVR TEST
A
U
ON T
O
CVR control panel
C73 C74
CVR

Std SSCVR basic equipment - L3 A318-100 Solid State Cockpit L3 COMMUNICA- 2100-1026-02 1 SFE
COMMUNICATIONS, PN 2100- A319-100
A320-200 Voice Recorder TIONS
1026-02 A321-200 (SSCVR)
Compliant with FAR amendments 121-
338 and 25-124.
10 SSCVR alternate equipment - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Cockpit Voice HONEYWELL 980-6022-001 1 SFE
HONEYWELL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recorder (CVR) INC. REDMOND,
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE


23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for
CVR
Objective
To comply with FAR amendments 121-338 and 25-124.
Basic aircraft
The SSCVR is basically connected to 115 VAC power
supply.
Description
The SSCVR is connected to the 28 VDC 401PP busbar
which is supplied by the aircraft batteries. This allows
the SSCVR to remain powered for at least 10 minutes
as requested by FAR amendments 121-338 and 25-
124.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Recorder Independent Power A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
supply for CVR A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording
Objective
To allow the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) to record
ATC datalink communications.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
System provision is installed to give to the Cockpit
Voice Recorder (CVR) the capability to record ATC
datalink communications.
Note
Provision for CVR capable of data link recording is rec-
ommended for customers operating in FANS environ-
ment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 System provision for CVR A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0

capable of data link recording A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)
Objective • additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit

To notify the Flight Crew when the Cabin Crew are be- indicator / reset button
ing threatened and to notify the Cabin Crew when the • additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit
Flight Crew are being threatened. alert horn.
The switches must be pushed for at least 1 second for

Basic aircraft
None. alert initiation to avoid unintended activation.
The Cabin Crew signalling consists of:
Description • distribution of special chime sequence
In addition to the existing cabin/cockpit interphone func- • special message on AIP
• ACP indication.
tion, an alert communication system between the cabin All visual indications are limited in time (e.g. 30 sec-
and the cockpit and vice-versa is implemented. onds) to avoid any reset procedure.
The modification comprises the installation of: The activation of the respective control logic and as-
• an additional switch near each Cockpit Crew location signment of lighted and aural warnings is done by repro-
to activate lighted and aural warnings in the cabin
• an additional switch near each Cabin Attendant sta- gramming of the CIDS Cabin Assignment Module
tion to activate the horn and the additional indicator (CAM).
light in the cockpit
• an additional cockpit indicator / reset button on the EPAC selection mode
cockpit center pedestal 119VU Individual
• an additional cockpit alert horn
• additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit
switch
• additional wires between DEU B and respective
switches in the cabin

01 Installation of cockpit and A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0

cabin alert switches (Aircraft A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
Security Project) A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0


A320 Family Electrical power 24
Reference Title
24.55.101 Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries OFF

24 Electrical power A320 Family
24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with
batteries OFF
Objective
To be able to use PA during emergency evacuation
even when the aircraft batteries are switched off.
Basic aircraft
PA system, if installed, is not supplied when batteries
are switched off.
Description
The essential equipment of CIDS is switched automati-
cally to the hot battery bus when the aircraft loses main
power and whenever the emergency exit light switch is
set to "arm" or "on".
EPAC selection mode

Individual

A320 Family Electrical power 24
01 PA power supply in emergency A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0

condition with batteries OFF A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

24 Electrical power A320 Family

A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Reference Title
25.10.108 Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
25.11.102 Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
25.11.208 Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
25.27.100 Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area
25.27.101 Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
25.50.137 Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
25.50.510 Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
25.50.520 Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft cargo holds
25.52.190 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A320)
25.52.191 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A321)
25.52.202 Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
25.52.204 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)
25.52.205 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A321)
25.52.212 Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system
25.52.304 Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)

25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Reference Title
25.52.310 Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
25.52.315 Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
25.52.404 Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds
25.52.407 Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
25.52.410 Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)
25.52.500 Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
25.52.511 Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold


25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
Objective
To provide means of securing documents to the
glareshield above the main instrument panel.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
A paper holder capable of accommodating A4 size pa-
per is installed on the cockpit glareshield.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Installation of paper holder on A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0

the glareshield A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
Objective
To change captain's and first officer's seat covering.
Basic aircraft
Captain and first officer seats are covered with cloth ma-
terial.
Description
This change consists of replacing basic captain and first
officer seats by seats equipped with sheepskin.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 25-1 - Pilot seat with sheepskin cover
Sheepskin

02 Pilot seats alternate cover - A318-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6 Seat, Captain with SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
white sheepskin - EADS A319-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6
A320-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 white sheepskin ROCHEFORT 03PE21-01
SOGERMA A321-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 cover
Seat, First Officer SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
with white sheep- ROCHEFORT 03CE21-01
skin cover
03 Pilot seats alternate cover - A318-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6 Seat, Captain with SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
grey sheepskin - EADS A319-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6
A320-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 grey sheepskin ROCHEFORT 03PE22-01
SOGERMA A321-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 cover
Seat, First Officer SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
with grey sheep- ROCHEFORT 03CE22-01
skin cover


25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
Objective
To provide an additional seat for a fourth occupant.
Basic aircraft
Full provision is made for an additional folding seat.
Description
A folding seat is installed in the cockpit for the fourth oc-
cupant, provided with associated emergency equip-
ment:
• a safety shoulder harness equipped with an adjust-
able crotch strap
• an oxygen mask supply box and a full face quick don-
ning oxygen mask
• a life vest located under the seat (selectable through
global emergency RFC).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 25-2 - Fourth occupant seat
Sliding window
(emergency
evacuation)
Capt's seat F/O's seat
Capt's briefcase
Lat console
Fixed
window
Third
occupant's
Fourth occupant's seat seat
Coat stowage Right rear

panel
Handset
Lavatory Galley

03 Installation of fourth occupant A318-100 11.5/12.0/-12.0 Folding seat EADS SOGERMA 2510154-01- 1 SFE
seat in cockpit - SOGERMA/ A319-100 11.5/12.0/-12.0
A320-200 11.5/12.0/-12.0 SERVICES. 00
SOCEA A321-200 11.5/12.0/-12.0
The harness is not compliant with TSO-
C114 regulation.
Quick donning full INTERTECH- MF20-534 1 SFE
face oxygen mask NIQUE


25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door
area
Objective
To increase the comfort for Cabin Attendants (C/A) in
forward door area during long distance flights.
Basic aircraft
Door area heating is provided by the standard air condi-
tioning system.
Description
A heated floor panel system is installed to increase the
temperature in the forward passenger/crew/service
door areas (RH and LH) at floor level.
The temperature of the floor panels is controlled via
control units.
Note
An ON/OFF switch can be selected through
CN25.27.101/11.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 25-3 - Floor panel heating for forward passenger/crew/service door area
Attendant seats
Floor panels
(heated area is hatched)

02 Installation of enhanced A318-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0

heated floor panels for fwd A319-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0
A320-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0
passenger/crew/service door A321-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0
area


25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
Objective
To give the crew the control on the heated floor panels
operation.
Basic aircraft
None
Description
An ON/OFF switch is installed to allow the crew to con-
trol the heated floor panel operation.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

11 Installation of heated floor A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

panel On/Off control function A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
on FAP A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
Objective Note
To provide sealing of the lateral cargo compartment In case a semi-automatic cargo loading system (CLS) is
floor panels. installed in forward and aft cargo compartments, rubber
seal profiles will be introduced in the area of CLS instal-
Basic aircraft lation (not in bulk cargo compartment No. 5) as part of
Rubber seal profiles are installed in between the hori- the CLS definition.
zontal part and the first sloping part of lateral cargo com- For cargo configurations with CLS, TDU 02 will install
partment floor panels. rubber seal profiles also in the remaining bulk cargo
compartment No. 5.
Description
Rubber seal profiles are installed to fill the small gaps EPAC selection mode
between both lateral parts of the cargo compartment Global CARGO
floor and to the side wall lining to prevent for example
accumulation of dirt.
Rubber seal profiles are installed:

• at the junction of the two sloped parts of the cargo
compartment floor panels
• at the junction of the sloped part of the cargo com-
partment floor panels next to side wall and the side
wall liner panels.

Figure 25-4 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
Additional rubber seal profiles
Basic rubber seal
Side wall lining
Cargo floor panels (sloped part)

Cargo floor panels (horizontal part)
Additional rubber seal profiles

Basic rubber seal

01 Installation of rubber seal pro- A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0

files for floor panels in fwd and A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0
A320-200 5.0/5.0/-5.0
aft cargo holds A321-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0
02 Installation of rubber seal pro- A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0

files for floor panels in bulk A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
cargo compartment No. 5
Requires prior acceptance - CN25.52.304
or 404 - Installation of CLS.


25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
Objective • net attachment points located on the cargo hold floor

To provide a full bulk configuration for lower deck cargo and ceiling area at standard and optional divider net
holds. positions
• tie-down points located on the cargo hold floor
• load and net arrangement placards.
Basic aircraft
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provi-
Note
sion is made for attaching optional divider nets in the In case of optional provision for an Additional Center
forward and aft cargo holds (optional divider net posi- Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold, ACT support system com-
tions in aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319). ponents (roller tracks, latching devices etc. as applica-
System provision for CLS in forward and aft cargo holds ble) shall be installed on the cargo hold floor (see details
(A319, A320 and A321) plus minimum electrical provi- under appropriate TDUs).
sion for mechanized bulk loading system in forward and
aft cargo holds (aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319) EPAC selection mode
are installed. Global CARGO
Description
The full bulk configuration consists mainly of:
• basic cargo hold lining on ceiling, side and partition
walls and basic cargo hold floor panels, capable of
bulk loading up to a maximum average load density
of 15 lb/cu ft
• standard door and divider nets as required for full
bulk transport
• protection devices for rapid decompression panels at
frame 24A

Figure 25-5 - Full bulk configuration in forward and aft cargo holds

01 Basic full bulk configuration - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

without ACT provision A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
02 Basic full bulk configuration - A319-100 50.0/50.0/-50.0

with full provision for one ACT A320-200 50.0/50.0/-50.0
(A319/A320)
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320),
or CN28.11.133/03 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A319).
option are 9 months

with full provision for one ACT
(A321)
option are 8 months

with full provision for two ACTs A320-200 85.0/85.0/-85.0
(A319/A320)
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provi-
sion for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
option are 9 months


with full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
(A321).
option are 8 months

25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward
and aft cargo holds
Objective
To increase the durability / impact resistance of the car-
go compartment floor panels if required by operation ex-
periences of the airline.
Basic aircraft
Standard cargo floor panels capable of bulk loading
15 lb/cu ft are installed.
Description
The installation of reinforced cargo floor panels is limit-
ed to the flat floor to minimize the weight increase.
The reinforced floor panels feature a modified build-up
with two additional layers of prepeg with increased im-
pact resistance.
Note
New panel layout and quantity depends on selected
cargo compartment configuration such as standard
bulk/optional CLS with or without ACT provision in aft
cargo hold (see details under appropriate TDUs).
EPAC selection mode

Global CARGO

Figure 25-6 - Reinforced cargo floor panels
C1 C24 C34 C47 C59 C65 C87
A
A320
Bulk cargo compartment
Forward cargo hold
Aft cargo hold
Prepegs (8 layers) ; anti-slip surface
Prepreg/honeycomb sandwich architecture
{ 12.5 mm
Honeycomb
Reinforced cargo floor panel for heavy bulk usage (BCCS8 type, 15 lb/cu ft)

01 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A318-100 15.0/15.0/-15.0

& aft cargo holds - with full A319-100 15.0/15.0/-15.0
A320-200 28.0/28.0/-28.0
bulk configuration A321-200 35.0/35.0/-35.0
02 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A320-200

& aft cargo holds - with CLS A321-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
CN25.52.304/01 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT pro-
vision (A320/A321)

& aft cargo holds - with bulk & A320-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0
full prov. for one ACT (A319/
A320)
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A319),
or CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A320).
option are 9 months

& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full provision for one ACT
(A321)
option are 8 months


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
(A320)
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provi-
sion for one ACT (A320).
option are 9 months

(A321)
sion for one ACT (A321).
option are 8 months

& aft cargo holds - with bulk & A320-200 16.0/16.0/-16.0
full prov. for two ACTs (A319/
A320)
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provi-
sion for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
option are 9 months

& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
(A321).
option are 8 months

09 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A320-200 -22.0/-22.0/22.0

(A320)
sion for two ACTs (A320).
option are 9 months
10 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A321-200 -18.0/-18.0/18.0

(A321)
sion for two ACTs (A321).
option are 8 months


25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A320)
Objective for A320-200 • removal and/or replacement of divider nets where
To provide system provision adapting the installation of applicable
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to in- • adequate markings according to the new cargo com-
crease the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of partment configuration.
bulk cargo and baggage.
Note for A320-200
Research has determined that manual loading of loads
Basic aircraft for A320-200 is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in ad-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
dition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load-
ing system, and structural provision for attaching option-
EPAC selection mode
al divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds. Global CARGO

The system provision consists mainly of:
• installation of structural reinforcements such as sup-
ports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
• installation of brackets and consoles for control pan-
els and wall sockets
• installation of additional tie down fittings where appli-
cable
• electrical system connection to existing provision
• installation of electrical door circuit control
• modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where appli-
cable

Figure 25-7 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in fwd cargo hold
A320 forward cargo hold shown
System provision
Relocation of divider net
Sliding Carpet System (SCS)
A320 forward cargo hold

- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.

02 System provision for mecha- A320-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0

nized bulk loading system in
fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system


25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A321)
Note for A321-200
Basic aircraft for A321-200 is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in ad-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
ing system, and structural provision for attaching option-
EPAC selection mode
al divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds. Global CARGO

The system provision consists mainly of:
where applicable
cable
• electrical system connection to existing provision
cable


fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold -
sliding carpet system
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200 This modification mainly covers the following tasks:
To install the Sliding Carpet System (SCS), an in-plane • Installation of:
mechanized bulk loading system, on system provisions • flex-down support
for SCS. • support panels
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase bulk cargo • guide unit panels
loading efficiency, reduce manpower and bulk cargo • drive unit panel
loading time. • ramp
• movable bulkhead
• carpet
• side guides
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provi- • control box
sion is made for attaching optional divider nets in the • cargo compartment placards
• relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
fwd cargo hold.
applicable)
System provision for CLS in fwd cargo hold plus mini- • adaptation of manuals.
mum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
system in fwd cargo hold is made. Note for A320-200 and A321-200
• research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
Description for A320-200 and A321-200 the aircraft
An electrically powered Sliding Carpet System is in- • for A320-200, requires prior acceptance of
stalled in fwd cargo hold in the area from the cargo door CN25.52.190/02 - System provision for mechanized
(frame C28) to the aft partition wall. bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold -
sliding carpet system (Continued)
• for A321-200, requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.191/02 - System provision for mechanized
bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system.
EPAC selection mode

Global CARGO

Figure 25-8 - Mechanized bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
Control box
installed at ceiling
FWD cargo
door

01 Mechanized bulk loading sys- A320-200 161.0/161.0/-161.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 20-20200-2- 1 BFE
tem (sliding carpet with tie- tem with tie-down NATIONAL 01
down) in fwd cargo hold -
TELAIR (A320)
Only applicable in conjunction with basic
system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.
Sliding carpet system comprises tie-down
capability.
tem (sliding carpet without tie- tem without tie- NATIONAL 02
down) in fwd cargo hold - down
TELAIR (A320)
Only applicable in conjunction with basic
system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.
tem (sliding carpet without tie- tem NATIONAL 00
down) in fwd cargo hold -
TELAIR (A321)

25.52.204 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A319/A320)
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 • removal and/or replacement of divider nets where
Note for A319-100 and A320-200
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS, ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load- the aircraft
ing system and structural provision for attaching option- • incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
al divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
EPAC selection mode
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 Global CARGO
The system provision consists mainly of :
where applicable
cable
• electrical system connection on existing provision
cable

Figure 25-9 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in aft cargo hold
System provision A320 aft cargo hold shown
Relocation of divider net
Sliding Carpet System (SCS)
A319/A320 aft cargo hold

- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.


nized bulk loading system in A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system


25.52.205 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A321)
Note for A321-200
Basic aircraft for A321-200 loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS, ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load- the aircraft
ing system and structural provision for attaching option- • incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
al divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
EPAC selection mode
Description for A321-200 Global CARGO
The system provision consists mainly of :
where applicable
cable
• electrical system connection on existing provision
cable


aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 This modification mainly covers the following tasks:
To install the sliding carpet system, an in-plane mecha- - Installation of:
nized bulk loading system, on dedicated system provi- • flex-down support
sion. • support panels
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase the bulk car- • guide unit panels
go loading efficiency, reduce manpower and times for • drive unit panel
• ramp
bulk cargo loading. • movable bulkhead
• carpet
• side guides
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- • control box
200 • cargo compartment placards.
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provi- - Relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
sion is made for attaching optional divider nets in the aft applicable).
cargo hold. - Adaptation of manuals.
System provision for CLS in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)
plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
loading system in aft cargo hold are made. • research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
the aircraft
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- • for A319 and A320, requires prior acceptance of
200 CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for mechanized
An electrically powered sliding carpet system is in- bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
stalled in aft cargo hold in the area from the forward par- system
tition wall to the cargo door area.

25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system (Continued)
• for A321, requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.205/
02 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system.
EPAC selection mode

Global CARGO

Figure 25-10 - Sliding carpet system in aft cargo hold
Aft cargo hold
r
doo
cargo Control box
Aft installed at ceiling

02 Installation of mechanized bulk A319-100 143.0/143.0/-143.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 19-10400-2- 1 BFE
loading system (sliding carpet) tem NATIONAL 00
in aft cargo hold - A319 -
TELAIR
CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system
TELAIR
TELAIR

25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward
and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200 The max.gross weight of each ULD is limited for the Sin-
To improve the turnround efficiency by reducing the car- gle Aisle CLS to 2500 lbs (1134 kg).
go loading/unloading time (with a single loader), to min-
imize the risk of injuries to bulk loading staff and to A320:
improve the customer services. • 3 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
• 4 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, mini- A321:
mum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading • 5 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
systems, and structural provision for attaching optional • 5 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
The loading/unloading time is significantly longer due to The modification consists of:
the various factors involved with manual loading. • replacement of the standard bulk floor panels, side-
wall/ceiling panels by light weight panels
• removal of protection devices for rapid decompres-
Description for A320-200 and A321-200 sion panels at frame 24 A
An electrically powered, semi-automatic CLS is in- • installation of a drainage system in conjunction with
stalled in the forward and aft cargo holds allowing the the CLS
transport of the following ULDs: • structural modifications allowing CLS installation and
system operation
Containers:
• installation of modified placards according to the new
NAS 3610: 2K2C (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour AKG/ cargo hold configuration
AKH. • installation of the CLS and the following associated
Pallets: system components:
NAS 3610: 2K2C/2K3P (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour 1) Restraint, guidance:
PK/PKx. • guides, latches and endstops.

25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward
and aft cargo holds (A320/A321) (Continued)
2) Transport:
• roller tracks, ballmats.
3) Conveyance:
• power drive units, control panels, proximity switches.

is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in ad-
EPAC selection mode

Global CARGO

Figure 25-11 - Semi-automatic CLS for forward and aft cargo holds
34 59
28 31 56
52
A
24
A
A320 50
47
Semi-automatic CLS Semi-automatic CLS

for forward cargo hold for aft cargo hold
compartment No 1 compartment No 3 and No 4
35
2
59
56
34 52
A
28 31
A321 24
A
50
47
5
47
2
Semi-automatic CLS Semi-automatic CLS

for forward cargo hold for aft cargo hold
compartment No 1 and No 2 compartment No 3 and No 4


and aft cargo holds - without A321-200 102.0/102.0/-102.0
ACT provision (A320/A321)


option are 8 months

(A320)


(A321).
option are 8 months


25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200 • adequate load placarding and markings according to
To allow occasional loading of bulk cargo on top of the the new cargo compartment configuration.
installed Cargo Loading System (CLS).
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200 • the cargo holds are capable for bulk loading up to an
Full bulk configuration, structural provision for attaching average bulk loading density of 10 lb/cu ft (160 kg/cu
m)
optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds • the operation in occasional bulk mode requires the
plus system provision for CLS and minimum electrical installation of divider nets and door nets as per WBM.
provisions for mechanized bulk loading systems. These nets are not part of this provision but can be
provided by Airbus on specific request or can be or-
Description for A320-200 and A321-200 dered directly at the net manufacturer
• with reference to the light weight cargo lining and
Fixed provision for occasional bulk loading are provided floor as part of the CLS option, occasional bulk load-
in addition to an installed semi-automatic CLS (option- ing shall not exceed 60 flights per year. More fre-
al). quent operation in occasional bulk mode increases
Occasional bulk loading applies on routes/destinations, the possibility of damage to lining and floor panels
where: • restrictions apply for individual items of load exceed-
ing the weight of 110 lb (50 kg).
• no ground service equipment is available
• no ULDs are available
• baggage requirements call for maximum volume uti- EPAC selection mode
lization of the cargo holds. Global CARGO
The fixed provision consists mainly of:

• protection devices for the rapid decompression pan-
els and a fender at frame 24

Figure 25-12 - Forward and aft cargo holds configuration
Basic divider net
34 59
56
28 31
52
A
24
A
A320 50
47
Basic divider net

Door nets and divider nets are
not provided with this option. 35
5 59
56
35
2
52
A
34
28 31
50
24
A
47
A321 5
47
2

01 Fixed provision for occasional A320-200 9.0/9.0/-9.0

bulk capability in forward and A321-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0
aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
CN25.52.304 Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-


25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To facilitate later retrofit installation of a semi-automatic The additional circuit breakers are secured by clips to
Cargo Loading System (CLS). prevent power on system.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- EPAC selection mode
200 Global CARGO
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, elec-
trical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
the forward and aft cargo holds.

200
• installation of new wire harnesses (wire bridges) on
the main terminal boards 2820VT (forward cargo
hold) and 7506VT (aft cargo hold) for power supply
and control function
• installation of modified circuit breaker panels
2000VU (for forward cargo hold) and 2001VU (for aft
cargo hold) by including two additional circuit break-
ers per CB panel for power supply and control func-
tion.

01 Full electrical provision for A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0

semi-automatic CLS A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in
fwd and aft cargo holds
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • fender for protection devices for the rapid decom-
To provide operational capability either to transport pression at frame 24 A.
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average den-
sity of 15 lb/cu ft. EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
200
Full bulk configuration and structural provision for at-
taching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical pro-
vision for mechanized bulk loading system.

200
The modification consists of the installation of:
• electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
• additional tie-down fittings
• door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the for-
• reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
• drainage system
• side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds

Figure 25-13 - CLS with full bulk capability
Installation of full bulk

sidewalls/ceiling panels
Basic CLS
provisions
CLS + full bulk
(nets included)
AKH AKH
AKH
or
ACT
Reinforced cargo floor
A321
A320
A319

01 CLS with full bulk capability in A319-100 134.0/134.0/-134.0

fwd and aft cargo holds - with- A320-200 160.0/160.0/-160.0
A321-200 190.0/190.0/-190.0
out ACT provision

fwd and aft cargo holds - with
(A320)
option are 9 months

(A321)
option are 8 months

(A320)
(A320).
option are 9 months


(A321)
(A321).
option are 8 months

25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs
(A319)
Objective for A319-100 • Deletion of the standard divider net at frame 59 and
To provide bulk loading capability in aft cargo door area installation of a new divider net at frame 60
for configuration with two ULDs loaded. • Installation of modified cargo compartment placards
• Adaptation of manuals
Full bulk configuration in fwd and aft cargo hold and Note for A319-100
With this modification, the new divider net position at
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
frame 60 will separate aft cargo compartment No. 4
aft cargo hold.
from the bulk compartment No. 5 for ULD and for full
System provision for CLS in fwd and aft cargo hold plus
bulk transportation.
minimum electrical provisions for mechanized bulk
loading systems in aft cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
This option provides the capability to load the remaining
space in the aft cargo door area with bulk, when two
ULDs are transported on position 41 and 42.
Due to the relocation of the standard divider net position

from frame 59 to 60, this new net section is enlarged to
offer improved cargo loading conditions.

• Installation of a new divider net at frame 57

Figure 25-14 - Bulk loading in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
Net configuration with two ULDs loaded
Net configuration for full bulk cargo loading complete aft cargo hold

01 Bulk loading capability in aft A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0

cargo hold door area behind
two ULDs (A319)


25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door
area (A319)
Objective for A319-100 The loading and unloading of the special container is
To provide an additional loading position for a special done manually.
container in the cargo door area of compartment 4.
This additional container can be used as a last-minute The modification consists of:
baggage container and will optimize the Demand Driven • structural reinforcements
Dispatch reliability of an airline operating the AIRBUS • installation of an additional lowerable Z-latch
Single Aisle aircraft family. • installation of retractable, electrically powered front
roller at frame 58
• modification of ballmat
Basic aircraft for A319-100 • attachment of modified placards and markings ac-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS, cording to the new cargo hold configuration.
ing systems and structural provision for attaching op- Note for A319-100
tional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds. Requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.404/01 - CLS
with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo holds - with-
Description for A319-100 out ACT provision.
This option provides the capability to transport a special
container in the cargo door area between frame 56A EPAC selection mode
and frame 59 with the semi-automatic CLS installed. Global CARGO
This special LD3/40-45 container has a baseplate of

39.75 in x 61.5 in with IATA contour H and can be load-
ed up to a max. gross weight of 1 660 lb (753 kg).

Figure 25-15 - Additional container in aft cargo hold (A319)
96 in (2438 mm)
45 in (1143 mm)
61.5 in (1562 mm)

39.75 in (1009,7 mm)
Additional container A319

Type : LD3 - 40/45
IATA contour H
Internal volume : 80 cu ft (2,3 cu m)
Tare weight : 110 to 180 lb (50 to 80 kg)
MGW : 1660 lb (753 kg)

01 Full provision for installation of A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0

special container in aft cargo
hold, door area (A319)


25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 - For A321:

To ease the guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished • twelve guides are installed between frame 28 and
pallets. 35.5 on the RH side of the hold
• twelve guides are installed between frame 26 and
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- frame 35.5 on the LH side of the hold.
200
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, mini- Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
mum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading Requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
system and structural provision for attaching optional di- cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including struc-
vider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds. tural provision for continuous side guides, and two
guides opposite to the door. The optional continuous
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- side guides are specifically recommended when using
200 netted pallets to prevent entanglement of the net mesh-
- For A319: es on the fixed YZ latches.
• three guides are installed between frame 28 and
31 on the RH side of the hold
EPAC selection mode
• three guides are installed between frame 24A and Global CARGO
frame 31 on the LH side of the hold.
- For A320:
• six guides are installed between frame 28 and 34
on the RH side of the hold
• six guides are installed between frame 24A and
frame 34 on the LH side of the hold.

Figure 25-16 - Continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
35
5 A319
A321 35
2
28 31
34
28 31 e 24
H sid A
nR ide
es
o
RHs
24 gu
id on
A 12 es
uid
3g
e
sid e
n LH sid
so LH
ide on
gu es
12 uid
3g
34
28 31
24 ide
A
RHs
on
es
uid
6g
A320
ide
LHs
on
es
uid
6g

01 Installation of continuous side A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0

guides in forward cargo hold A320-200 12.0/12.0/-12.0
A321-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0


25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 For A321:

To ease guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished pal- • RH side : nine guides are installed between frame
lets. 47.2 and frame 52A
• RH side : three guides are installed between frame
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- 56 and frame 58
200 • LH side : twelve guides are installed between frame
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, elec- 47.2 and frame 58.
trical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in • requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
the forward and aft cargo holds. cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including
structural provision for continuous side guides, and
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- two guides opposite to the door. The optional contin-
200 uous side guides are specifically recommended
For A319: when using netted pallets to prevent entanglement of
the net meshes on the fixed YZ latches
• RH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/ •
51 and frame 55A
• LH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/ in case of optional provision for ACTs installed, the
51 and frame 56 . number of continuous side guides will change
• on A319, not compatible with CN28.11.140/01 - Full
For A320: provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold (A319).
• RH side : six guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 52A
• RH side : three guides are installed between frame EPAC selection mode
56 and frame 58 Global CARGO
• LH side : nine guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 58.

Figure 25-17 - Continuous side guides in aft cargo hold
59
56 A319 59
A321
52
A
55
A
50
47 ide 52
Hs
5
on
R 47 e
es sid
47 g uid RH
12 n
2 e so
uid
5g
e
sid
n LH
so
ide e
gu sid
12 59 LH
n
e so
56 uid
5g
52
A
ide
RHs Shown for info : CLS configuration.
50 on
uides Other configurations e.g. CLS plus full
9g
bulk capability, ACT provision and
47 ACT installation will change cargo
hold configuration.
e
sid
n LH
so
A320 9g
uid
e

01 Continuous side guides in aft A319-100 9.0/9.0/-9.0

cargo hold (A319)

cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A320)

cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A321)

cargo hold - with provision for
one ACT (A320)
option are 9 months

one ACT (A321)
option are 8 months

two/one ACTs (A320)
option are 9 months

two/one ACTs (A321)
option are 8 months

A320 Family Fire protection 26
Reference Title
26.20.103 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.21.104 Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
26.23.103 Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.23.111 Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min
26.23.112 Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min

26 Fire protection A320 Family
26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for APU fire extinguish-
er.
Basic aircraft
One APU fire extinguisher assembly composed of a fire
extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and cartridge is
installed in the APU compartment.
Description
The basic APU fire extinguisher assembly is replaced
by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 26-1 - APU fire extinguishing system
Fire emerg.
FDU
stop relays
ECB
Fire
FWC
extinguishing APU
shutdown
bottle
Fuel fire
shutoff valve
Pressure switch
Discharge
cartridge

Std APU fire extinguisher basic A318-100 APU fire extin- PACIFIC SCIEN- 33600005-3 1 SFE
equipment - PACIFIC SCIEN- A319-100
A320-200 guisher container TIFIC
TIFIC A321-200
01 APU fire extinguisher alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. APU fire extin- KIDDE AERO- 472 412-1 1 SFE
equipment - KIDDE AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. guisher container SPACE
SPACE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for engine fire extin-
guishers.
Basic aircraft
Two engine fire extinguisher assemblies, composed of
a fire extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and car-
tridge, are installed for each engine.
Description
The basic engine fire extinguisher assemblies are re-
placed by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 26-2 - Engine fire extinguishing system
AGENT1 AGENT2 APU FIRE AGENT1 AGENT2

F PUSH F
I SQUIB SQUIB SQUIB SQUIB I
R R
E DISCH ENG 1 FIRE DISCH AGENT DISCH ENG 2 FIRE DISCH E
TEST
TEST PUSH SQUIB PUSH TEST
DISCH
AGENT1 AGENT2 115VU

MASTER2
F
SQUIB SQUIB I ENG ENG
MASTER1 MASTER2
R 2 ON
DISCH ENG 2 FIRE DISCH E ON ENG
1
ENG ON
2
PUSH TEST OFF
OFF MODE OFF
NORM
IGN
CRANK START
FIRE FIRE FIRE

FAULT FAULT
Pressure FAULT
Pressure 1 2
switch switch 2
Squib Squib
CFDS
ECAM
LOOP A
FDU
LOOP B (ENG. 2)
Engine fire extinguishers

Std Engine fire extinguishers basic A318-100 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34100005-1 4 SFE
equipment - PACIFIC SCIEN- A319-100
A320-200 container, engine TIFIC
TIFIC A321-200
01 Engine fire extinguishers alter- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Fire extinguisher KIDDE AERO- 472088-1 4 SFE
nate equipment - KIDDE AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. container, engine SPACE


26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment

To provide alternate equipment for cargo holds fire ex-
tinguisher.

Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.

The basic cargo holds fire extinguisher is replaced by al-
ternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Std Cargo holds fire extinguisher A321-200 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 1 SFE
basic equipment - PACIFIC container, cargo TIFIC
SCIENTIFIC (A321) hold
02 Cargo holds fire extinguisher A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0 Fire extinguisher KIDDE AERO- 472930-3 1 SFE
alternate equipment - KIDDE container, cargo SPACE
AEROSPACE (A321) hold

26.23.111 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min
Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability for forward
and aft cargo holds to cope with 120 min diversion time
as required for ETOPS operations.
Basic aircraft
Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.
Description
For A318, A320 and A321, a second fire extinguishing
bottle is installed.
This second bottle is discharged through a flow meter-
ing system 60 min after the first bottle.
For A319, the fire extinguishing remains a single shot
system with a bottle size increased from 630 cu in to
800 cu in.
This implies:
• adaptation of electrical wiring
• modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corre-
sponding switches and indicator of the cockpit con-
trol panel and circuit breakers.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 26-3 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension
Basic fire
extinguisher Extinguisher pipe
bottle 800 cu in
Second fire
Overhead panel extinguisher
A321 bottle 630 cu in
Basic fire
Pre-mod and post-mod (A319) extinguisher
Pre-mod (A318/A320/A321) Second fire bottle 630 cu in
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
DISCH DISCH
CARGO SMOKE
FWD TEST AFT

Fire extinguishing bottles
SMOKE SMOKE
DISCH DISCH A320 630 cu in
630 cu in
(0.01 cu m)
Post-mod (A318/A320/A321) Pressure switch
Fill and safety
Increased fire relief port
CARGO SMOKE extinguisher FW
D HO HO
LD
LD AFT
Discharge outlet
FWD TEST AFT
bottle 800 cu in and cartridge
SMOKE SMOKE Extinguisher pipe
A319 800 cu in
DISCH
AGENT2 800 cu in
Pressure switch
AGENT1 DISCH1 AGENT1 Fill and safety
relief port
AGENT2
DISCH2
AGENT2 Second fire FW LD
extinguisher
D HO
Basic fire
HO
LD AFT
Discharge outlet
extinguisher bottle 630 cu in and cartridge
bottle 630 cu in
A318 Extinguisher pipe

01 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A318-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600017 2 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
120 min (A318) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.
02 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A319-100 7.0/7.0/-7.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 1 SFE
120 min (A319) hold
The fire extinguisher bottle installed with
the single shot fire extinguishing system
(630 cu in) is replaced by a bigger one
(800 cu in).
120 min (A320) hold
metering system.
120 min (A321) hold
bottle (630 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associ- Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 1 SFE
ated flow metering system. container, cargo TIFIC
hold


26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min
Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability to 180 min
diversion time for the forward and aft cargo compart-
ments.
It is required for ETOPS operations with class C cargo
compartments.
Basic aircraft
Cargo compartments are designed as class C, with a
single shot fire extinguishing system installed.
Description
A second fire extinguishing bottle is installed.
This second bottle should be discharged through a flow
metering system 60 min after the first bottle.
This implies :
• adaptation of electrical wiring
• modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corre-
sponding switches and indicator of the cockpit con-
trol panel and circuit breakers.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 26-4 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 in Extinguisher pipe
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in Basic fire
extinguisher
Overhead panel A321 bottle 630 cu in
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Pre-mod
Fire extinguishing bottles
DISCH DISCH
CARGO SMOKE 630 cu in
FWD TEST AFT
A320
SMOKE SMOKE
630 cu in
DISCH (0.01 cu m)
DISCH
Pressure switch
Fill and safety
relief port FW
D HO LD
HO
LD AFT
Discharge outlet
Post-mod and cartridge
Second fire
Basic fire extinguisher
extinguisher bottle 630 cu in
CARGO SMOKE bottle 630 cu in
800 cu in
FWD TEST AFT
SMOKE SMOKE Extinguisher pipe 800 cu in
Pressure switch
A319
Fill and safety
DISCH
relief port
AGENT2 FW
D HO HO
LD
LD AFT
Discharge outlet
and cartridge
AGENT1 DISCH1 AGENT1 Second fire
DISCH2
Basic fire extinguisher
AGENT2 AGENT2 extinguisher bottle 630 cu in
bottle 630 cu in
Extinguisher pipe
A318

180 min (A318) hold
metering system.
180 min (A319) hold
metering system.
180 min (A320) hold
metering system.
04 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A321-200 28.0/28.0/-28.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 2 SFE
180 min (A321) hold
bottle (800 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associ-
ated flow metering system.

A320 Family Fuel 28
Reference Title
28.11.133 Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.140 Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo
hold
28.11.225 Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.235 Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold
28.25.107 Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing
28.25.110 Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
28.25.130 Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel

28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • new cockpit overhead fuel control panel
To make structural and system provision for one ACT to • installation of relay box in the avionics compartment
be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo hold. plus routings
• installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
(FLSCU)
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- • installation of ACT crash stoppers
200 • installation of ACT restraint/support components.
Space provision is made for an ACT.
Structural provision: Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
• reinforced rivets at membrane plates FR45-46 On A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the re-
• modified longitudinal beams FR45-46 location of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC be-
• modified keel beam brackets FR46.
tween frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequently
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by approx-
200 imately 30%.
The modification consists in:
• provision for ACT cavity and water drains including EPAC selection mode
access doors through the fuselage skin and belly fair- Individual
ing
• air pressurisation pipes to the ACT location
• fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
• reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
• new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panel above the ACT
• new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
• installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)

A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-1 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel
LEFT CTR RIGHT
HI LVL HI. LVL.

LEFT CTR RIGHT
ACT
REFUEL VALVES
REFUEL VALVE OPEN OPEN OPEN
OPEN NORM NORM NORM
NORM SHUT SHUT SHUT
SHUT MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER
CTR + ACT REFUEL HI - LVL ON
FQI SELECT
CTR
CTR/ACT OFF
ACT
DEFUEL XFR OPEN LTS NORM

A321 Fuel system cockpit panel
PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL
kg x 1000
DEC INC CKPT END
Main refuel panel

28 Fuel A320 Family
01 Full provision for installation of A321-200 125.0/125.0/-125.0 Trim tank transfer EATON AERO- 568-1-27170- 1 SFE
one ACT in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A321)
Lead-time constraints 8 months
(A320)
(A319)

A320 Family Fuel 28

28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs)
in aft cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • installation of a relay box in the avionics compart-
To provide structural and system provisions for two ment plus routings
ACTs to be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo • installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
hold. (FLSCU)
• installation of ACT crash stoppers
• installation of ACT restraint/support components.
200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
Space provision is made for the installation of two • depending on operator range requirements either
ACTs. one or two ACTs can be installed for flexibility
• on A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- relocation of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC
200 between frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequent-
The modification consists in: ly OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by ap-
• additional horizontal beam and support struts proximately 30%.
• belly fairing / fuselage skin drain hole access doors
• air pressurization pipes to the ACT locations EPAC selection mode
• provision for ACT cavity and water drains Individual
• fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
• reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
• new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panels above the ACT locations
• new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
• installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)
• new cockpit overhead fuel control panel

A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-2 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000 A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel
LEFT CTR RIGHT
HI LVL HI. LVL.

LEFT CTR RIGHT
ACT ACT
1 2 REFUEL VALVES
REFUEL VALVE OPEN OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN NORM NORM NORM
NORM NORM SHUT SHUT SHUT
SHUT SHUT MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER
CTR + ACT REFUEL HI - LVL ON
FQI SELECT
CTR
CTR/ACT OFF
ACT1
ACT2
A321 Fuel system cockpit panel
kg x 1000
DEC INC CKPT END
Main refuel panel

28 Fuel A320 Family
two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A319)
(A321)
(A320)

A320 Family Fuel 28

28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold

To install a fully integrated ACT in order to increase the
fuel tank capacity and to extend the range of the aircraft.

200
Space provision is made for ACT.

200
To install one ACT with 2992 l capacity at the forward
end of the aft cargo hold.

• requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.133 - Full pro-
vision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold or
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/
one ACTs in aft cargo hold
• requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
• depending on operator range requirements, the ACT
can be removed/re-installed (by configuration Ser-
vice Bulletin).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-3 - Typical installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (full bulk)
A319 A320
AC
T1
AC
T1
A321
Remark:
AC
T1 Remaining loading in aft cargo
hold is specified in Weight &
Balance Manual

28 Fuel A320 Family
01 Installation of one ACT in aft A319-100 100.0/512.0/-512.0

cargo hold - with full bulk con-
figuration (A319)
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
tion of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with
full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds.
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

figuration (A320)
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
tion.

A320 Family Fuel 28

figuration (A321)
systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
tion.

cargo hold - with CLS & full
tion.
Lead-time constraint 9 months.

28 Fuel A320 Family

tion.

tion.

tion.

A320 Family Fuel 28

28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold

To install two fully integrated ACTs in order to extend
the range of the aircraft.

200
Space provision for two ACTs.

200
To install two ACTs with 5984 l total capacity at the for-
ward end of the aft cargo hold.

• requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.140 - Full pro-
vision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold
• requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
• depending on operator range requirements, the
ACTs can be removed/re-installed (by configuration
Service Bulletin).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-4 - Typical installation of two ACTs in aft cargo hold (full bulk)
A319 A320
AC AC
T2 AC T2
AC T1
T1
Remark:
Remaining loading in aft cargo
A321 hold is specified in Weight &
AC Balance Manual
AC T2
T1

28 Fuel A320 Family
01 Installation of two ACTs in aft A319-100 120.0/893.0/-893.0

figuration (A319)
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
CN03.20.4XX/02 - A319-1XX increased
design weights - MTOW to 75.5 t, MLW to
62.5 t, MZFW to 58.5 t (wv 002).
tion.

figuration (A320)
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
tion.

A320 Family Fuel 28

figuration (A321)
systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
tion.

cargo hold - with CLS (A320)
CN25.52.304/04 - Installation of semi-
automatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/04 -
Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
tion.

cargo hold - with CLS (A321)
CN25.52.304/05 - Installation of semi-
automatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/05 -
Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
tion.

28 Fuel A320 Family
28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing

To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing. Individual
Basic aircraft
A refuel/defuel coupling is provided in the RH wing of
the aircraft.
Space and structural provisions are made for a coupling
in the LH wing.
Description
The modification consists in installing an additional
2.5 inch refuel/defuel coupling under the LH wing (out-
board of the engine pylon).
Refueling from this coupling will allow same refueling

rates as from the RH wing coupling.
This option permits aircraft fuel tanks to be filled from ei-

ther the RH or LH side.
Defueling from both the LH wing and RH wing is possi-

ble.

A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-5 - Refuel/defuel coupling
Wing leading edge
Coupling
Refuel/defuel Refuel/defuel
coupling Refuel/defuel coupling
(basic) control panel (optional)
(basic)

28 Fuel A320 Family
01 Installation of additional refuel/ A318-100 7.5/7.5/-7.5

defuel coupling in LH wing A319-100 7.5/7.5/-7.5
A320-200 7.5/7.5/-7.5
A321-200 7.5/7.5/-7.5

A320 Family Fuel 28

28 Fuel A320 Family
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
Objective • select required fuel quantity

To enable fuel quantity preselection and automatic refu- • select refuel CTL valve push button ON
eling to be controlled from the cockpit. • green ready to refuel light(s) comes on automatically
when the aircraft is ready
• refueling is performed automatically
Basic aircraft • at the end of refueling, the ready to refuel light extin-
The fuel quantity and refueling selections are made guishes automatically, and the preselection module
from the external refuel/defuel control panel located on END light indicates that refuel is finished
the side of the fuselage, beneath the RH wing. • deselect power.
Description EPAC selection mode

A fuel quantity preselector is installed in the cockpit Individual
(overhead maintenance panel) to enable quantity selec-
tion and automatic refueling. Preselection and control
from the cockpit will have priority over the external refu-
el/defuel control panel. Operational indication is provid-
ed in the cockpit, at the external refuel/defuel control
panel and on the wings (adjacent to the couplings).
Note
The sequence of operations is as follows:
• select power ON:
• a CKPT light comes on automatically in the cockpit
and on the external panel to indicate that the cockpit
has priority
• high level check is performed

A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-6 - Refuel/defuel panels
Preselected PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL

display Actual quantity display
Kg/1000
Preselector INC. CKPT END End light
DEC.
rocker sw
PWR REFUEL CTL
FAULT VALVE CKPT light
Elec PWR pb ON ON
CTL valve pb
Cockpit fuel quantity preselector
Refuel/defuel
(TDU 01) coupling (basic)
Green light
(TDU 02)
Refuel/defuel
coupling (optional)
Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic) Green light

28 Fuel A320 Family
01 Installation of fuel quantity pre- A318-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5

selector in cockpit - with RH A319-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5
A320-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
refuel coupling & without ACT A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
prov.
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

selector in cockpit - with LH A319-100 4.3/4.3/-4.3
A320-200 4.3/4.3/-4.3
refuel coupling & without ACT A321-200 4.6/4.6/-4.6
prov.
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of addi-
tional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
control panel.

selector in cockpit - with LH
refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
lation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.

refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
For A320, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.

A320 Family Fuel 28

A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installa-
tion of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319/A320, incompatible with
control panel.

selector in cockpit - with LH A321-200 4.6/4.6/-4.6
refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installa-
tion of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.

28 Fuel A320 Family
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel
Objective
To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing.
Basic aircraft
The refuel/defuel control panel is located on the fuse-
lage side beneath the RH wing.
Space provision is provided for the refuel/defuel control
panel in the LH and RH wings.
Description
Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to either the
RH or LH wing.
Note
• relocation to the LH wing requires also installation of
LH wing refuel/defuel coupling
• when ACT are provisioned but not installed the in-
stallation of a refuel panel cover is required.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-7 - Refueling panel locations
Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)
Refuel/defuel
control panel
(optional)
Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)
Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic)
)
FUEL QTY 01 Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel to RH wing
kg x 1000 U
Indicator LEFT CTR RIGHT (TD
HI. LVL. Refuel/defuel

LEFT CTR RIGHT Refuel/Defuel control panel
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN
coupling (optional) (optional)
OPEN
Refuel/defuel
NORM NORM NORM
(TDU 0
control panel
SHUT
MODE SELECT TEST
SHUT SHUT
2)
BATT POWER
REFUEL HI - LVL ON
OFF

kg x 1000
Preselector
DEC INC CKPT END Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to LH wing
Refuel/defuel control panel

28 Fuel A320 Family
01 Relocation of refuel/defuel A318-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5

control panel to RH wing - A319-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5
A320-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
without ACT provision A321-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
control panel.

control panel to LH wing - with- A319-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5
A320-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
out ACT provision A321-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
control panel.

control panel to RH wing - with
provision for two ACTs
(A321).

control panel to LH wing - with
provision for one ACT

A320 Family Hydraulic power 29
Reference Title
29.10.110 Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment
29.21.104 Electropumps alternate equipment

29 Hydraulic power A320 Family
29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for hydraulic EDPs.
Basic aircraft
Two hydraulic pumps are installed.
Description
The basic pumps are replaced with alternate equipment
which is fully interchangeable, except that the backshell
clocking of the harness connector is re-orientated (de-
pending on the pump and aircraft type).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 29-1 - Hydraulic system
Yellow Electrical HYD
Reservoir LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES
EDP pump BLUE PUMP

OVRD B G Y
Pressure ON OFF OFF OFF

switch
Hand
Pump
PTU
Accu
Valve
Pressure
sensor Pressure
switch
EDP To flight
controls and
other consumers
HYD
GREEN BLUE YELLOW
3000 PSI 3000 PSI 3000
PTU
RAT ELEC
ELEC
GREEN BLUE YELLOW 40 VU
1 2 PTU
LO AIR RAT MAN ON

FAULT A
PRESS
U
EDP H
Y
ENG 1 PUMP ELEC PUMP
OFF
T
O ENG 2 PUMP
ELEC PUMP
H
Y
OVHT FAULT
D FAULT FAULT A FAULT
OFF
D
U
TAT +19 ¡C
SAT +18 ¡C GMT 23:56 G.W. 603 T Fire shut-off OFF OFF
T
O
OFF
valve

Std Hydraulic EDPs basic equip- A318-100 Engine driven PARKER 4205401 2 SFE
ment - PARKER A319-100
A320-200 pump
A321-200
12 Hydraulic EDPs alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine driven EATON AERO- 3031863-001 2 SFE
equipment - EATON AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. pump SPACE
SPACE, PN 3031863-001 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternative equipment for the electropumps.
Basic aircraft
Two electropumps are installed.
Description
Basic electropumps are replaced by alternate equip-
ment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 29-2 - Electropumps
GREEN BLUE YELLOW 40 VU
PTU
RAT MAN ON A
FAULT
U
ELEC PUMP
H OFF
T H
ENG 1 PUMP ELEC PUMP O ENG 2 PUMP
Y FAULT
Y
D FAULT FAULT A FAULT
OFF
D
U
T
OFF OFF OFF
O
HYD
BLUE PUMP LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES
Hydraulics bay OVRD B G Y
HYD
GREEN BLUE YELLOW
3000 PSI 3000 PSI 3000 ON OFF OFF OFF
PTU
RAT
ELEC
1 2
LO AIR
PRESS
OVHT
TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C GMT 23:56 G.W. 603 T
Electropumps

Std Electropumps basic equipment A318-100 Electric Motor PARKER 51154-04 2 SFE
- PARKER A319-100
A320-200 Pump (EMP)
A321-200
07 Electropumps alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Electric Motor EATON AERO- 974540 2 SFE
ment - EATON AEROSPACE A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pump (EMP) SPACE

A320 Family Ice and rain protection 30
Reference Title
30.41.102 Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers
30.70.108 Extended freezing protection
30.81.105 Installation of dual advisory ice detection system

30 Ice and rain protection A320 Family
30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers
Objective
To permit intermittent operation of the windshield wip-
ers.
Basic aircraft
Two windshield wipers with two speeds selectable from
the overhead panel:
• slow 95 sweeps per minute
• fast 140 sweeps per minute.
Description
The modification consists in adding an intermittent
sweeping function (approximately one sweep each sev-
en second).
This entails the following:
• on the overhead panel, the windshield wiper control
switches are replaced by switches incorporating an
intermittent sweeping position
• the two motor-converters are replaced by new inter-
changeable units
• additional wiring is installed between overhead panel
and wiper motors.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 30-1 - Windshield wipers
WIPER WIPER
OFF OFF
INTMT INTMT
SLOW SLOW
FAST FAST

01 Installation of intermittent A318-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5 Timer ECE 4307807 2 SFE

function of windshield wipers A319-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A320-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A321-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5
Windshield wiper ECE 4307792 1 SFE
motor left
Windshield wiper ECE 4307785 1 SFE
motor right


30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection
Objective Note
To provide suitable protection against freezing of the The protection of galley water lines is part of galley man-
water/waste system for : ufacturer.
• extended duration flights (long term and cold)
• extended ground operations EPAC selection mode
• flights with low water consumption. Individual
Basic aircraft
The water/waste system is protected against freezing
under standard operation conditions.
Description
The potable water tank is insulated and the water pipes
in the under floor compartment are electrically heated
and insulated.
The waste tank drain line is electrically heated and insu-
lated.
The water/waste freezing protection is extended to op-
erate:
• under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption
or
• during turnaround and after prolonged parking and
• under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption.

02 Water/waste freezing protec- A318-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0

tion for extended flight condi- A319-100 29.0/29.0/-29.0
A320-200 31.0/31.0/-31.0
tions A321-200 34.0/34.0/-34.0
03 Water/waste freezing protec- A318-100 29.0/29.0/-29.0

tion for turnaround, prolonged A319-100 31.0/31.0/-31.0
A320-200 33.0/33.0/-33.0
parking and extended flight A321-200 36.0/36.0/-36.0
conditions

30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system
Objective When icing conditions are detected two levels of warn-

To provide the flight crew with an additional means of ings and their respective recommended actions are pro-
identifying icing conditions. vided to the crew in the lower part of the ECAM Engine/
Warning display:
Basic aircraft • "ICE DETECTED" caution message (amber) implies
Indication of airframe icing can be seen by the accumu- "eng anti ice ON" action (cyan)
lation of ice on the visual ice indicator, a black rod locat- • "SEVERE ICE DETECTED" caution message (am-
ed between the two cockpit windshields or on the ber) implies "wing anti-ice ON" action (cyan).
windshield wipers. As soon as the corresponding push buttons are pressed
"ON", the engine anti-ice and/or wing anti-ice memos
Description are displayed in green on the "MEMO" page.
The dual advisory detection system is added to the ba- • when icing conditions are no longer detected and
sic aircraft system (above) to facilitate the objective wing anti-icing is activated, the message "ICE NOT
DET" is displayed to remind the crew that the anti-ice
(above). systems can be selected "OFF", hence saving fuel.
It provides two (dual) messages:
• ICE DETECTED (amber caution message) Note
• SEVERE ICE DETECTED (amber caution mes- The dual advisory ice detection system is operative in
sage). flight only.
The dual advisory ice detection principle works on a fre-
The modification consists of :
quency variation due to ice accumulation on the two
• modification of structure (drilling two holes and rein-
sensing elements located on the fuselage nose. forcements) and installation of two ice detection sen-
sors in the lower fuselage nose section
• installation of additional circuit breakers and associ-
ated wiring

30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system (Continued)
• activation of FWCs and CFDIU pin programs (no pin

program for this function on the SDACs).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 30-2 - Ice detection system
SDAC 2
1
Ice-det sensors
E/W
ECAM
ICE-DET 2 FWC 2
1 1
MCDU
BRT

OFF

NAV PRED F-PLN COMM
BRT MENU
DIR PROG AIR

PERF INIT DATA
PORT OFF
CFDIU
RAD FUEL SEC A BMCDUC
ATC D E
F-PLN NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU
AIR
F
A F G H I J M
C
PORT I D
L U
A B CKD L EM N O M
1 2 3 E
N
F
A
F
M F G HP I QJ R M
CS T U
I
L 4 5 6 D
U
K L M U N V OW MX Y
F
1 2 37 8 9 E
N
M P Q
+ R Z S / T SP U
OVFY
4 5 6 0 - CLR
7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ OVFY
0 - Z / SP CLR

01 Installation of dual advisory ice A318-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5 Ice detection sen- ROSEMOUNT 0871DP4 2 SFE
detection system A319-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A320-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5 sor INC
A321-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Reference Title
31.00.107 US units for indicators and labels
31.14.103 Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation
31.33.051 Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
31.33.132 Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)
31.33.200 Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment
31.33.210 Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities
31.36.161 Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)
31.60.114 Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)
31.60.120 Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)
31.65.100 Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND)

31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels
Objective
To provide US units of measurement for airline opera-
tional commonality.
Basic aircraft
• temperature is in degrees Celsius (deg C)
• length is in meters (m)
• the weight and fuel quantity are in kilograms (kg)
• the fuel flow is in kilograms per hour (kg/h)
• the hydraulic fluid is in litres (l)
• altitudes are in feet (ft).
Description
The modification consists in replacing metric units with
US units on indicators and labels of the aircraft:
• cabin and duct temperature are in degrees Fahren-
heit (deg F), all other temperature indications remain
in DEG C
• lengths (runway) are in feet (ft)
• fuel weight is in pounds and fuel flow is in pounds per
hour (lb/h)
• hydraulic fluid quantity indicator is replaced by one
with a US gallon scale.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 31-1 - Units of measurements
Unit of Basic Optional Repercussions

measurement unit unit
1 - Temperature C F Duct and cabin temperature on ECAM and

(environmental) FAP
2 - Length metres feet Display on MCDU

(Runway)
3 - Weights kg lbs Display of weight on ECAM and in FCOM*

Aircraft weight kg lbs Overhead panel, refuel/defuel panel and
fuel indication kg/hr lbs/hr MCDU
and fuel flow *and all operations related documentation
4 - Volume l US gallon Quantity indicator of green system ground

Hydraulic fluid service panel (LH rear belly fairing)
quantity

Std Basic metric units for indica- A318-100

tors and labels A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
14 US units for indicators and A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

labels A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation
Objective
To provide operational commonality in terms of over-
head panel switches orientation with the exception of
the ANN LT switch, for which only the BRT and DIM po-
sitions are inverted (test position is not changed).
Basic aircraft
OFF position for the overhead panel toggle switches is
downwards.
Description
All toggle switches on the overhead panel are inverted
with the exception of the ANN LT switch, for which only
the BRT and DIM positions are inverted (test position is
not changed).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 31-2 - Overhead panel (25 VU) toggle switches re-orientation
Pre-mod
25VU
ANTI - ICE PROBE/WINDOW CABIN PRESS
DITCHING
HEAT LDG ELEV
WING ENG 1 ENG 2 MAN Y/S CTL MODE SEL AUTO
-2
UP 14
A A A A 0
FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT
U U U U
T T T T 12 2
ON ON ON ON MAN ON
O O O O
DN 10 4
8 6
EXT LT APU OVHD INTEG LT INT LT

STROBE BEACON WING NAV STBY COMPAS DOME ANN LT
ON ON ON 2 MASTER SW
BRT TEST
A
FAULT DIM BRT
U 1
T
ON OFF DIM
O
OFF BRT OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
SIGNS
RWY TURN OFF SEAT BELTS NO SMOKING
LAND START EMER EXIT LT
ON L R NOSE ON ON
T.O. ON
ON A
AVAIL U
OFF TAXI T ARM
ON OFF
O
RETRACT OFF
OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
Post-mod OFF
25VU
ANTI - ICE PROBE/WINDOW CABIN PRESS
DITCHING
HEAT LDG ELEV
WING ENG 1 ENG 2 MAN Y/S CTL MODE SEL AUTO
-2
UP 14
A A A A 0
FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT
U U U U
T T T T 12 2
ON ON ON ON MAN ON
O O O O
DN 10 4
8 6
EXT LT APU OVHD INTEG LT INT LT

STROBE BEACON WING NAV STBY COMPASS DOME ANN LT
OFF OFF OFF OFF MASTER SW
OFF TEST
A
FAULT DIM DIM
U 1
T
ON BRT BRT
O
OFF BRT ON
ON ON ON 2
SIGNS
RWY TURN OFF SEAT BELTS NO SMOKING
LAND START EMER EXIT LT
OFF L R NOSE OFF OFF
OFF OFF
RETRACT A
AVAIL U
OFF TAXI T ARM
ON OFF
O
ON T.O.
ON
ON ON ON

01 Overhead panel toggle A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

switches re-orientation A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
Objective The flight data interface function enables:

To provide alternate vendor for the Flight Data Interface • recording of mandatory parameters required by the
and Management Unit (FDIMU). Airworthiness Authorities on a Solid State Flight Data
Recorder (SSFDR) or on an optional external Quick
Basic aircraft Access Recorder (QAR).
To record mandatory parameters complying with the
applicable Airworthiness Requirements and to record Note
• all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue have 88 param-
engines, APU and other systems' parameters for perfor- eters capability, to comply with FAR 121.344
mance and health analysis, a FDIMU with integrated • all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue are subject to
PCMCIA interface is installed. successful certification
• because various PCMCIA cards are available on the
open market, the PCMCIA card is not part of the de-
Description livered FDIMU
The FDIMU with integrated PCMCIA is installed to pro-
• it is recommended to use PCMCIA with static flash
vide the following functions: memory technology
• data management function • the PCMCIA disk can be used as a storage device
• flight data interface function. for:
- reports, SAR data files, DAR & QAR data
The data management function enables: - system software and customized database upload.
• recording the AIDS data on an optional external Dig-
ital AIDS Recorder (DAR) EPAC selection mode
• on request, recording / down loading of pre-pro- Individual
grammed compressed data files (SAR data files) and
reports
• uploading of operational software and customer da-
tabase.

Figure 31-3 - FDIMU
MCDU
Airworthiness requirement inputs Engine & aircraft data sources DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA
OFF
BRT

BRT
AIR
DIR PROG PORT
PERF INIT DATA
A BOFF C D E
F
A F G H I J M
C
AIR I D
PORT L U
A B C KD L E M N O M
F
1 2 3 E
N
F M
F G H P I QJ R M S T U
A
I 4 5 6 C
D
L U
7 K8 L9 M U N V O W M
X Y
F
1 2 3 E
N
OVFY
M P0 Q+ - R Z S / T SP U CLR
4 5 6
7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ OVFY
0 - Z / SP CLR
FDIMU
FDIMU CFDIU
(BITE)
(Flight Data
Interface and
Management FDRS AIDS
Unit)
Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) Data Management Unit (DMU)
Airborne
data loader
PCMCIA
AMU card
MDDU
SSCVR SSFDR QAR DAR Printer ATSU

(ACARS)
Print pushbutton
FLOOD LT AIDS FDR 112VU

MED PRINT
EVENT
OFF BRT

Std FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Data Management TELEDYNE D08SAPW01 1 SFE
8803), DMU S/W (PW01) for Unit (DMU) S/W C00000
P&W - TELEDYNE
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE 2234320-01- 1 SFE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE F320-001- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 8803
W
Std FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Data Management TELEDYNE D09SACF05C 1 SFE
8803), DMU S/W (CF05) for A319-100
A320-200 Unit (DMU) S/W 00000
CFMI - TELEDYNE A321-200
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W
Std FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A319-100 Data Management TELEDYNE D10SAIA05C 1 SFE
8803), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE - A320-200
A321-200 Unit (DMU) S/W 00000
TELEDYNE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W

14 FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management TELEDYNE D09SACF05C 1 SFE
0001), DMU S/W (CF05) for A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Unit (DMU) S/W 00000
CFMI - TELEDYNE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03)
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W
15 FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management TELEDYNE D10SAIA05C 1 SFE
0001), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE - A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
TELEDYNE
capability (CN31.33.210/03) Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE 2234320-01- 1 SFE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W
63 FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management SAGEM 360-04022- 1 SFE
040), DMU S/W (-030) for CFMI - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
SAGEM A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Data Management SAGEM 360-04025- 1 SFE
Unit (DMU) setup 030
database
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM ED48A200 1 SFE
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM 360-04027- 1 SFE
W

040), DMU S/W (-030) for IAE - A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
SAGEM
database
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W
040), DMU S/W (-030) for P&W - Unit (DMU) S/W 030
SAGEM
database
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W

210), DMU S/W (-035) for CFMI - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
SAGEM A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
database
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W
210), DMU S/W (-045) for IAE - A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
SAGEM
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s Data Management SAGEM 360-04023- 1 SFE
database
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
W

31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)
Objective
To provide a copy of the flight data recorder data.
Basic aircraft
Full provision for installation of an ARINC 591(function)
and ARINC 404 QAR 404 (case size) is made.
Description
A QAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (func-
tion) and ARINC 404 (case size) or ARINC 591 (func-
tion) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed using
existing full provision in the avionics compartment.
It is connected to the FDRS auxiliary output, and
records all FDR parameters with the same word assign-
ments and sampling rate.
Note
If the QAR is ARINC 600 type, the basic provision is au-
tomatically adapted.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 31-4 - QAR installation

MED PRINT
EVENT
OFF BRT
Event pushbutton
21VU
RCDR
GND CTL CVR ERASE CVR TEST SSCVR
A
U
ON
T
O
Control panel QAR

SSFDR CFDIU
AMU
FDRS
Linear
Accelerometer SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC CLOCK
SDAC FWC DMC FCDC BSCU

40 WGL-QAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 256MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234480-0256 1 BFE
(2TV3)
WGL-DAR/QAR (8 TELEDYNE 2243800-81 1 BFE
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software
41 WGL-QAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card 3 TELEDYNE 2234480-0512 1 BFE

GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
software

42 WGL-QAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
(2TV3)
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
software
43 WGL-QAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4

GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
software

31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment
To replace the basic SSFDR by an alternate one com- The basic SSFDR equipment is replaced by alternate
plying with airworthiness requirements. equipment.
The SSFDR has the capability to store the last 25 hours
of the required mandatory parameters in flight and on Note
ground in a box able to endure severe environment con- All equipment are electrically and mechanically inter-
ditions. changeable.
Basic aircraft EPAC selection mode

One SSFDR is installed in the unpressurized section at Individual
the rear part of the aircraft.
The SSFDR automatically starts recording:
• on ground during the first five minutes following ener-
gization of the aircraft electrical network
• on ground with one engine running
• in flight with engines running or stopped.
The SSFDR automatically stops recording five minutes

after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSFDR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton.
An EVENT pushbutton is installed to record an event
mark on the SSFDR when a specific event occurred
during the flight.

Figure 31-5 - FDR system

MED PRINT
EVENT
OFF BRT
Event pushbutton
21VU
RCDR
GND CTL CVR ERASE CVR TEST SSCVR
A
U
ON
T
O
Control panel
SSFDR QAR CFDIU
AMU
FDRS
Linear
Accelerometer SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC CLOCK
SDAC FWC DMC FCDC BSCU

Std SSFDR basic equipment (1024 A318-100 Flight Data L3 COMMUNICA- 2100-4045-00 1 SFE
w/s capable) - L3 COMMUNI- A319-100
A320-200 Recorder (FDR) TIONS
CATIONS, PN 2100-4045-00 A321-200
14 SSFDR alternate equipment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Data HONEYWELL 980-4700-042 1 SFE
(256 w/s capable) - HONEY- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recorder (FDR) INC. REDMOND,
WELL A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE
22 SSFDR alternate equipment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Data HONEYWELL 980-4750-001 1 SFE
(1024 w/s capable) - HONEY- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recorder (FDR) INC. REDMOND,
WELL A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE


31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities
Objective If a QAR is requested, only CN31.33.132/18, /19, /40, /

To comply with the new FAA regulations asking for an 41, /42, /43, or /45 apply.
increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls pa-
rameter recording. EPAC selection mode
Individual
Basic aircraft
The Flight Data Recording system recording speed is
256 words/second.
Description
In order to comply with the new FAA regulations asking
for an increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls
parameter recording, the modification consists in the in-
stallation of the necessary changes to increase
the Flight Data Recording system recording speed from
256 words/second to 1024 words/second.
Note
This modification requires the following minimum con-
figuration:
• FDIMU capable of 1024 w/s
• SSFDR capable of 1024 w/s
• FCDC standard 58

03 Digital Flight Data Recorder A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

System (DFDRS) 1024 w/s acti- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
vation A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)
Objective
To record the parameters sent by the DMU (raw data
type).
Basic aircraft
Space provision for a DAR is provided in the avionics
compartment.
Description
A DAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (func-
tion) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed in the avi-
onics compartment.
The DAR is controlled by the DMU as programmed ei-
ther from the MCDU or using a ground PC station.
Note
In case of DAR installation, the basic provision is auto-
matically adapted/installed.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 31-6 - DAR installation
MCDU
Airworthiness requirement inputs Engine & aircraft data sources DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA
OFF
BRT

BRT
AIR
DIR PROG PORT
PERF INIT DATA
A BOFF C D E
F
A F G H I J M
C
AIR I D
PORT L U
A B C KD L E M N O M
F
1 2 3 E
N
F M
F G H P I QJ R M S T U
A
I 4 5 6 C
D
L U
7 K8 L9 M U N V O W M
X Y
F
1 2 3 E
N
OVFY
M P0 Q+ - R Z S / T SP U CLR
4 5 6
7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ OVFY
0 - Z / SP CLR
CFDIU
(BITE)
FDRS AIDS
Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) Data Management Unit (DMU)
Airborne
data loader
PCMCIA
AMU card
MDDU
SSCVR SSFDR QAR DAR Printer ATSU

(ACARS)

40 WGL-DAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
(2TV3)
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
software
41 WGL-DAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4

GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
software

42 WGL-DAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
(2TV3)
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
software
43 WGL-DAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4

GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
software

31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Objective
To provide both, current and selected altitude indication
on the PFD in meter upon crew selection (in addition to
the basic altitude scale in ft).
Basic aircraft
Current and selected altitude information in feet on the
PFD altitude scale.
Selected altitude in meters is displayed on the lower
part of the ECAM system display upon crew selection.
Description
Both current and selected altitudes in meters are dis-
played upon crew selection on the PFD complementary
to the basic altitude scale in feet.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 31-7 - Current and selected altitude information on PFD
Selected altitude Selected altitude

in meters in feet
10360 M 34000

HDG V/S 20 20
025
HDG V/S 100 1000 UP
TRK FPA PUSH 10 10
TO 60
SPD
MACH
AP 1 AP 2
METRIC
ALT
LEVEL
OFF
21 40
20
00
DN
5
LOC A/THR EXPED APPR
10 10 020
Metric altitude
pushbutton switch STD
06490 M
Actual altitude
in meters

01 Indication of metric altitude on A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

PFD A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)
Objective
To install 6 cockpit LCD display units with video capabil-
ity in place of the basic cockpit LCD display units.
Basic aircraft
Six LCD Display Units are installed (without video capa-
bility).
Description
In order to be compatible with the display of real-time
video images coming from video sources, the option
consists in replacing in the main instrument panel the 6
basic LCD Displays Units (DU) by 6 LCD Displays Units
with video capability.
A new electronic board is added in the Display Units to
achieve the video function.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Std Installation of LCD EIS2 - THA- A318-100

LES AVIONICS A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
10 Installation of cockpit display A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

units with video capability A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display
(ND)
Objective
To provide Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on the
NDs.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The highest Minimum Off Route Altitude within 80 NM
around the actual aircraft position is displayed in hun-
dreds of feet on the NDs (in ROSE-NAV and ARC
mode) when constraint option (CSTR) is selected on
EFIS control panel and selected range is greater than
40 NM.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Activation of MORA on ND A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.



A320 Family Landing gear 32
Reference Title
32.40.113 Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
32.41.111 Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment
32.41.120 Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
32.48.200 Installation of universal brake cooling fans
32.49.109 Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel

32 Landing gear A320 Family
32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
Objective • on A321, ABS basic wheels and brakes up to MTOW

To offer MLG wheels and brakes from an alternate sup- 89.0 t. Certified up to MTOW 93.0 t with fatigue life
plier. limited to 35000 miles (7000 cycles).

The basic MLG wheels and carbon brakes vendor is Individual
MESSIER for the A318/A319/A320 and ABS for the
A321.
Description
Wheels and carbon brakes are replaced by alternate
equipment.
Each assembly consists of:
• four wheels, each including an inflating valve and
provision for receiving an over-pressure valve and
electrical pressure transducer for an optional TPIS
• four wheel hubcaps
• four brakes, each including a temperature sensor
with thermocouple, two self-sealing couplings and a
kit for the brake attachment to the MLG axle
• four axle sleeves.
Note
• BSCU pin programming modification and further pro-
gramming through the MCDU are made according to
the wheels and brakes selected

Figure 32-1 - Wheels and brakes
Pressure relief
valve
TPIS port
Carbon heat
Bleed valve pack 4 rotors
Inflating valve
Drive Keys
NLG wheel
Inflating valve
Vent ports Piston housing
Temperature sensor
Piston with
automatic adjuster Wear pin indicator
MLG wheel MLG brake

Std Wheels and brakes - ABS A321-200 Brake unit ABS 5011586-4 4 SFE
Wheel, main gear ABS 5011529-3 4 SFE
Std Wheels and brakes basic A318-100 Brake unit MESSIER C20225510 4 SFE
equipment (SEPCARB III PLUS A319-100
A320-200
OR with new OPS ANOXY66) -
MESSIER Wheel, main MESSIER C20195162 4 SFE
07 Wheels and brakes - ABS A320-200 280.0/280.0/-280.0 Brake unit ABS 5011586-4 4 SFE
Wheel, main gear ABS 5011529-3 4 SFE
25 Wheels and brakes alternate A318-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0 Brake unit GOODRICH 2-1684 4 SFE
equipment (DURACARB) - A319-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0
A320-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
GOODRICH
Wheel, main gear GOODRICH 3-1530 4 SFE
30 Wheels and brakes alternate A321-200 38.0/38.0/-38.0 Brake unit MESSIER-BF C20534000-1 4 SFE
equipment - MESSIER/BF GOODRICH
GOODRICH
Wheel, main MESSIER-BF C20500100 4 SFE
GOODRICH


32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment
Objective
To provide a choice of MLG tire suppliers to the custom-
er as well as alternate size.
Basic aircraft
The basic MLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.
Description
• installation of tires on the MLG wheels
• installation of the corresponding inflation pressure la-
bels
• adaptation of the height of the door guide (podger) to
accommodate the new tire
• modification of the pin programming of the BSCU
(brake and steering control unit)
• modification of the TPIS (if installed) pin program-
ming.
Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 32-2 - Main Landing Gear (MLG)
Hinged fairing
Fixed fairing
Proximity sensors
Actuating
cylinder
Tires
Door guide (podger)
Steps
Uplock roller
Main door
Door ramp

01 MLG tires selection - MICHE- A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0 Tires, main 46 x 17 MICHELIN M01103 4 SFE
LIN (46X17-R20 radial tires) A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0 R20
13 MLG tires selection - MICHE- A321-200 16.0/16.0/-16.0 Tires, main 1270 x MICHELIN M13901 4 SFE
LIN (1270X455-R22 radial 455 R22
retreadable tires)
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.
17 MLG tires selection - GOOD- A321-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0 Conventional tire, GOODYEAR 498FL2-1 4 SFE
YEAR (49X18-22 bias tires) 49x18-22, MLG
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.
23 MLG tires alternate equipment A321-200 16.0/16.0/-16.0 Radial tire retread- MICHELIN M20101-01 4 SFE
- MICHELIN (1270X455-R22 able 1270x455R22,
radial retreadable tires) MLG
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.
25 MLG tires selection - BRIDGE- A318-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0 Radial tire 46x17- BRIDGESTONE APR06755 4 SFE
STONE (46X17-R20 radial tires) A319-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0
A320-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0 R20, MLG
26 MLG tires selection - BRIDGE- A321-200 32.0/32.0/-32.0 Tires, main 1270 x BRIDGESTONE APR07002 4 SFE
STONE (1270x455-R22/30 455 R22
radial tires)
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.
28 MLG tires alternate equipment A321-200 48.0/48.0/-48.0 Tires, main 1270 x BRIDGESTONE APR07010 4 SFE
- BRIDGESTONE (1270x455- 455 R22
R22/32 radial tires)
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.
CN32.40.113/20 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.

30 MLG tires selection - GOOD- A318-100 63.0/63.0/-63.0 Radial tire 46x17- GOODYEAR 467Q02-3 4 SFE
YEAR (46x17R20 radial tires) A319-100 63.0/63.0/-63.0
A320-200 63.0/63.0/-63.0 R20, MLG

32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
Objective
To provide a choice of NLG tire suppliers to the custom-
er.
Basic aircraft
The basic NLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.
Description
NLG tires are installed in accordance with the custom-
er's choice.
Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 32-3 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG)
Door uplock
assembly
FWD Gear uplock assembly
Door actuating
cylinder
Forward Gear actuating cylinder

doors
Downlock actuator
Aft doors
Drag strut
assembly
Lock stay
Tires

05 NLG tires selection - MICHELIN A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0 Tires, nose MICHELIN M08201 2 SFE
(30X8.8-R15 radial tires) A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
12 NLG tires selection - BRIDGE- A318-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0 Radial tire BRIDGESTONE APR05145 2 SFE
STONE (30X8.8-R15 radial A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0
A320-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0 30x8.8R15, NLG
tires) A321-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0
14 NLG tires selection - GOOD- A318-100 6.0/6.0/-6.0 Radial tire GOODYEAR 309Q62-1 2 SFE
YEAR (30x8.8R15 radial tires) A319-100 6.0/6.0/-6.0
A320-200 6.0/6.0/-6.0 30x8.8R15, NLG
A321-200 6.0/6.0/-6.0


32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans
Objective • installation of modified tachometer/fan motor sup-

To cool down the brakes on the ground to decrease port, tachometer drive shaft and cover
turnaround time. • fan assembly installation
Universal brake cooling fans are strongly recommended • installation of circuit breakers, control push-button,
wiring and modification of integral lighting panel
in the case of a daily network based on several short • connection of the existing wiring to fan motors, con-
flights (four or more flights) and short turn-around times trol push-button and circuit breakers.
(45 minutes).
Note
Basic aircraft The universal brake cooling fans must be installed with
System provision for ground cooling fans is made. a wheel adaptor kit corresponding to the selected
wheels and brakes configuration.
Description
The electrical fan motor is located in the wheel axle. The EPAC selection mode
air is drawn by the impeller from the brake side and Individual
vented outside. The motor is protected by circuit break-
ers and controlled by a push-button on the main instru-
ment panel. The fans are automatically switched off
upon landing gear retraction, even if the control is in the
ON position.
The basic aircraft includes system provision for a
ground brake cooling fan system installation.
The following changes have to be carried out on the air-
craft:

Figure 32-4 - Universal brake cooling fans
LDG GEAR BRK FAN

UNLK UNLK UNLK HOT
UBCF Fan Assy
ON
A/BRK A/SKID & NW Impeller

LO MED MAX STEER
ON
DECEL DECEL DECEL
ON ON ON
OFF TPIS connector UBCF Motor Assy
Tachometer
Auto-Brake Panel
Connector
Wheel adapter

11 Installation of universal brake A318-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0 Tachometer drive MESSIER E21350000 4 SFE
cooling fans on MESSIER A319-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0
A320-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0 shaft
wheels and brakes
UBCF fan ASSY TECHNOFAN RU1502U01 4 SFE
UBCF motor ASSY TECHNOFAN AE1502U02 4 SFE
Wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1502C00 4 SFE

on MB
cooling fans on BF-GOODRICH A319-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0
A320-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0 shaft
wheels and brakes
Valve adapter TECHNOFAN EVT174-6- 4 SFE

03A
Wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1502D00 4 SFE
on BF-Goodrich

cooling fans on ABS wheels A321-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0
shaft
and brakes
wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1402A00 4 SFE

on ABS
cooling fans on MESSIER/BF- shaft
GOODRICH wheels and brakes
Wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1402C00 4 SFE

on MB/BFG

32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel

To display MLG and NLG tire pressure, on the ECAM Individual
wheel page, giving immediate detection of deflated
tires.
Basic aircraft
System provision for a TPIS are made.
Electrical wiring from wheel axles to avionics compart-
ment, wiring from SDAC, CFDIU to TPIS computer rack.
Description
Tire pressure indicating system includes:
• one sensor on each wheel rim to measure the pres-
sure in each main and nose gear tire (total 6 sensors
per aircraft)
• one transmission unit inside the wheel axles which
transmits the electrical pressure signal from the sen-
sor to the computer (total 6 per aircraft)
• TPIS computer located in the avionics compartment
sends information to the ECAM for data display (indi-
cation is green and turns to amber when low/high
pressure is detected), and to FWC for warning mes-
sages
• pin-programming of TPIS computer in accordance
with the aircraft weight and tire size
• pin-programming of SDAC 1 and 2.

Figure 32-5 - Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS)
Wheel rim
TPIS components
Pressure sensor
Tyre
Transmission
pressure unit
TPIS
Transmission
Wheel 1 ECAM unit
computer
From
other wheels
Electronic
module
Axle
Rotating
transformer
Tachometer
Drive shaft
WHEEL
195 PSI 195
C¡ C¡
170
1
140
2
140
3
140
4
Tyres Pressure
REL REL
195 PSI 195 195 PSI 195
Indication
TAT + 19 ¡C G.W. 60300 KG

17H03
SAT + 18 ¡C C.G. 28.1%
System Display

01 Installation of TPIS on MESS- A318-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
IER wheel (A318/A319/A320) A319-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 cation Computer
(TPIC)
02 Installation of TPIS on GOO- A318-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
DRICH wheel (A318/A319/ A319-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 cation Computer
A320) (TPIC)
alternate equipment - GOODRICH
03 Installation of TPIS on ABS A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
wheel (A320) cation Computer
(TPIC)
alternate equipment - ABS.
04 Installation of TPIS on ABS A321-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
wheel (A321) cation Computer
(TPIC)
05 Installation of TPIS on MESS- A321-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
IER wheel (A321) cation Computer
CN32.40.113/30 - Wheels and brakes (TPIC)
alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.

A320 Family Lights 33
Reference Title
33.12.109 Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting)
33.43.000 Runway turnoff lights
33.46.000 Taxi and take-off lights

33 Lights A320 Family
33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel
lighting)
Objective
To give better illumination of sliding table and chart
holder areas. To improve reliability and reduce power
consumption.
Basic aircraft
Basically the A/C is equipped with yellow bulb lamps.
Description
The sliding table light units and the map reading lights
are fitted with LED lamps. The new lights are white and
give better illumination.
Note
Two-way interchangeable.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Installation of brighter LED A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

pilot chart holder and map A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
reading lights A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights
Basic aircraft
Two runway turnoff lights are installed to provide wide
beams for side lighting while taxiing.
Description
An alternate runway turnoff light from vendor ECE is in-
stalled.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halo-
gen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.
This new installation:

• prevents transformer overheating and failure
• improves lamp lifetime
• is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Std Basic runway turnoff lights A318-100 Runway turnoff light ECE 8000306Y00 2 SFE
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
05 Alternate runway turnoff light - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Runway turnoff light ECE 8000281Y00 2 SFE
ECE A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior acceptance of A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
CN33.46.000/04 - Alternate taxi and take-
off lights - ECE

33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights
Basic aircraft
One take-off and one fixed position taxi light are in-
stalled on the nose landing gear.
These lights extinguish automatically upon retraction of
the nose landing gear.
Description
Alternate taxi and take-off lights from vendor ECE shall
be installed.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halo-
gen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.
This new installation:

• prevents transformer overheating and failure
• improves lamp lifetime
• is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Std Basic taxi and take-off lights A318-100 Take-off light ECE 4233488 1 SFE
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Taxi light ECE 4236564 1 SFE
04 Alternate taxi and take-off A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Take-off light ECE 8000283Y00 1 SFE
lights - ECE A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
CN33.43.000/05 - Alternate runway turn- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
off light - ECE. Taxi light ECE 8000282Y00 1 SFE


A320 Family Navigation 34
Reference Title
34.00.108 QNH/QFE BARO setting
34.13.105 Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes
34.13.106 Pitot probes alternate equipment
34.15.101 Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
34.20.203 Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions
34.35.109 System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation
34.35.110 Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system
34.41.302 Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment
34.41.310 Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
34.42.101 Radio altimeters alternate equipment
34.42.117 Radio altitude automatic call-outs
34.43.203 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment (SFE)
34.43.250 Installation of T2CAS
34.43.260 T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
34.43.270 Wiring provision for T3CAS
34.43.290 Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)

34 Navigation A320 Family
Reference Title
34.43.295 Activation of ATSAW function
34.48.124 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate equipment
34.48.127 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings
34.48.132 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions
34.51.101 Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment
34.52.117 Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)
34.52.133 Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation
34.52.140 Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment
34.53.109 Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.53.111 Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment
34.53.119 Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.55.102 VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment
34.58.313 Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
34.58.316 Activation of GLS function
34.58.317 Activation of FLS function
34.58.340 Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR


34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting

To provide air data information based on QFE. Individual
Basic aircraft
Possibility to select STD or QNH.
The basic air data information is based on QNH.
Description
The modification consists in making the FMGS system
capable of recognizing whether the BARO setting is
based on QNH or QFE.
The QNH/QFE mode is selected by pressing the BARO

setting knob (PFD control panel) once or twice from the
STD position. The reference value is then set by rotating
the knob and the corresponding setting (QFE or QNH)
is displayed on the PFDs.
This entails the following repercussions:

• FCU, FMGCs, DMCs pin programming
• pin programming of GPWS to activate QFE/QNH
function.

Figure 34-1 - QNH/QFE BARO setting
Mode selection Reference value selection Settings display

1FD2
SPEED
A/THR
STD
Pull 1013 Rotating the knob 20
286 00
80
In Hg In hPa has no effect

PULL
STD STD
STD
1FD2
SPEED
A/THR
QNH
Push 1020 Rotate the knob 20
286 00
once In Hg In hPa
80
PULL
STD
QNH 1020
QNH
1FD2
SPEED
A/THR
QFE
Push 1004 Rotate the knob 20
286 00
80
again In Hg In hPa
PULL
STD
QFE 1004
QFE

01 QNH/QFE BARO setting A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0


34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes
Objective • installation of a 3/8 inch diameter air pressure pipe

To provide a correct TAT measurement on ground for for bleeding air from the cabin pressurization system
estimation of take-off performance data, even under so- to the TAT probes
lar radiation. • connection of the air pressure pipe into the air condi-
tioning system.
Two non-aspirated TAT probes are installed. Individual
Description
On the ground while the aircraft is stationary solar radi-
ation can heat the probes due to the absence of airflow
aircraft static phase.
The air inside the probes can become hot, leading to an

inaccurate measurement.
The existing TAT probes are replaced by two probes fit-

ted with an air suction system.
These units are mechanically interchangeable.
The following work has to be undertaken:

• change of existing electrical connectors

Figure 34-2 - TAT probes
Air flow
Sensing
element
New TAT probes Air conditioning
system bleed
Pipe routing tapping points
Supply air for

ejector operation

05 Installation of aspirated TAT A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. TAT sensor BF GOODRICH 0102LM2GE 2 SFE
probes - BF GOODRICH AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. AEROSPACE


34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the pitot probes.
Basic aircraft
Three pitot probes are installed on the lower front part
of the fuselage (frame 10):
• the CAPT probe (1) and the STBY probe (3) are in-
stalled on the left side
• the F/O probe (2) is installed on the right side.
Each pitot probe provides its pressure information to

each ADIRU through one Air Data Module (ADM).
Description
The basic pitot probes are replaced by alternate equip-
ment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-3 - Pitot probe installation/locations
9DA1 probe-pitot .1
9DA2 probe-pitot .2
9DA3 probe-pitot .3
Quick disconnect
coupling
Electrical
connector
Air flow
Drain hole
(one on each side)

Std Pitot probes basic equipment - A318-100 Pitot probe THALES AVION- C16195BA 3 SFE
THALES AVIONICS A319-100
A320-200 ICS SA
A321-200
01 Pitot probes alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pitot probe BF GOODRICH 0851 HL 3 SFE
ment - BF GOODRICH AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. AEROSPACE


34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendor for Angle Of Attack (AOA)
sensors.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with 3 AOA sensors located on
the lower part of the fuselage (frame 25/26):
• AOA sensors 1 and 3 are installed on the LH side
• AOA sensor 2 is installed on the RH side.
Each AOA sensor measures the angle of attack via a

small rotating wing-like device positioned in the direc-
tion of the airflow. Each sensor provides the angle of at-
tack information to each ADIRU.
Description
The AOA sensors are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-4 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors locations
3FP1 sensor - angle of attack . 1

2 dowel pins
8 mounting holes

Std AOA sensors basic equipment A318-100 Angle of attack sen- THALES AVION- C16291AB 3 SFE
- THALES PN C16291AB A319-100
A320-200 sor ICS SA
A321-200
01 AOA sensors alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Angle of attack sen- BF GOODRICH 0861ED 3 SFE
ment - BF GOODRICH AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sor AEROSPACE


34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions
Objective Note
To activate optional functions in the 3ATI Integrated Each TDU option can be selected independently of the
Standby Instrument System (ISIS). others.

The following basic functions are activated in the ISIS: Individual
• attitude indication (pitch, roll, lateral acceleration)
• altitude (Ft) indication
• airspeed (Kts) indication
• mach number
• BARO setting (Hpa)
• standard barometric pressure ( std 1013.25 hPa)
• LOC and glide/slope received from the ILS / MMR.
Description
The following options are available in the system and
can be activated by appropriate pin programming:
• altitude in meter
• BARO setting in inches of mercury (inHg).
The above mentioned options have to be selected

through the dedicated TDUs.
The ISIS is connected to the Flight Data Interface and
Management Unit (FDIMU).

Figure 34-5 - ISIS display installation
BUGS TEST LS
3910 M
340
+
320 10 10
130 ISIS with options:
40 - altitude in meters
300 128 20 - BARO setting in inHg and hPa
00
280 10 10
125
260 20 20
.57 1013/29.92
ATT BARO

02 ISIS optional function - BARO A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

setting in inHg A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
04 ISIS optional function - altitude A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

in meter A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0


34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation
Objective
To provide mechanical and electrical provision for Head
Up Display (HUD) system installation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The system provision comprises mechanical and elec-
trical provisions for the installation of a single HUD sys-
tem on the captain's side (left hand pilot station).

• modifying the cockpit (left-hand side) primary struc-
ture to support the installation of the Head-Up Projec-
tor Unit (HPU) and Head-Up Combiner unit (HCU)
• installing wirings between the avionics compartment
and the cockpit
• installation of circuit breaker with safety clip
• installation of 6 MCU mounting tray for the HUDC in
avionics compartment (shelf 86VU)
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 System provision for single A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5

HUD system installation A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5

34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system
Objective
To provide pilot with an Head Up Display (HUD) system
in order to fly the aircraft head-up in relation to the ex-
ternal scene.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
A Head Up Display (HUD) system is installed to manu-
ally fly the aircraft or to monitor the automatic approach-
es in all the flight phases for which it will be certified.
Note
Aircraft operation with HUD activated requires dedicat-
ed flight crew training.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Installation (based on provi- A318-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0

sion) of single HUD system - A319-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0
A320-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
CFM engines A321-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
Certified only on A318/A319/A320
equipped with CFM engines.
For A318 equipped with PW engines, or
for A320 equipped with IAE engines or for
A321 equipped with CFM or IAE engines,
to be investigated on a case by case anal-
ysis.

34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment and enhanced functions
with regard to the WXR.
Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.
Description
Depending on the selection made, some or all of the
equipment is replaced.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-6 - Single Weather Radar (WXR) system
GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004

249/16 93 NM
6
18:35
3 9
0 FF33R LMG 12
.2R ARPT NDB VOR D WPT CSTR BARO

33 15
GAI
AGN 40 ROSE NAV
20 60 VOR ARC
30 18 in Hg hPa
10 D130M
10 160 ILS PLAN
27 PULL
VOR1 21
STD
CGCM 24 320
WXR transceiver 123 NM
Range 1 2
ND (Rose mode) selector ADF VOR ADF VOR

ILS FD
OFF OFF
GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004

249/16 93 NM
0 1
34
35 2
OL
18:35
3 Mode
33 4
selector
CDN
ANG
AMB
AVD
240 240
CGC LMG TILT
-3.00
160 160 CAL
.2R
WXR antenna WXR antenna mount VOR1
CGC M GAI
103 NM
(single drive) AGN
ND (Arc mode)
Single control panel (Cockpit pedestal)

Std Full single WXR (ARINC 708A) A318-100 Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601 1 SFE
with PWS activation - ROCK- A319-100
A320-200 antenna LINS
WELL COLLINS, PN -624 A321-200
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5135-801 1 SFE
antenna mount LINS
Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5129-021 1 SFE
trol panel LINS
transceiver LINS
transceiver mount LINS
02 Alternate full single WXR A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601 1 SFE
(ARINC 708A) with PWS and A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna LINS
multiscan (WXR 2100) - ROCK- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
WELL COLLINS, PN -213 Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5135-801 1 SFE
antenna mount LINS
trol panel LINS
transceiver LINS

03 Alternate full single WXR A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041446-0401 1 SFE
(ARINC 708A) with PWS activa- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna INC. REDMOND,
tion & autotilt function - HON- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE
EYWELL, PN -409
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250) Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041444-0403 1 SFE
antenna mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar dual HONEYWELL 2041223-3131 1 SFE
control panel INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar HONEYWELL 066-50008- 1 SFE
transceiver INC. REDMOND, 0409
OLATHE
Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041213-0414 1 SFE
transceiver mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
Objective
To provide redundancy for the WXR system.
Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.
Description
Dual WXR system is installed according to the customer
requirements in place of the basic single WXR.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-7 - Dual Weather Radar (WXR) system
GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004

249/16 93 NM
6
18:35
3 9
0 FF33R LMG 12
.2R ARPT NDB VOR D WPT CSTR BARO

33 15
GAI
AGN 40 ROSE NAV
20 60 VOR ARC
30 18 in Hg hPa
10 D130M
10 160 ILS PLAN
PULL
WXR transceiver (basic) VOR1
CGCM
27
24
21
320
STD
123 NM
Range 1 2
ND (Rose mode) selector ADF VOR ADF VOR

ILS FD
OFF OFF
GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004

249/16 93 NM
0 1
34
35 2 18:35
3 Mode
OL
33 4
selector
Dual transceiver CDN
mount (basic) ANG

AMB
AVD
240 240
CGC LMG TILT
-3.00
160 160 CAL
.2R
VOR1
CGC M GAI
103 NM
WXR antenna WXR antenna mount Second WXR AGN
(dual drive) transceiver

ND (Arc mode)
OFF WX/TURB WX RADAR

WX MAP
1 2 TILT
5 10
GAIN
15
UP
0
DN
AUTO MAX 15
5 10
Dual control panel (Cockpit pedestal)

03 Dual WXR system (ARINC A318-100 14.6/14.6/-14.6 Audio mixing box T.E.A.M BMA3603AA0 1 SFE
708A) with PWS activation and A319-100 14.6/14.6/-14.6
A320-200 14.6/14.6/-14.6 1
autotilt function - HONEY- A321-200 14.6/14.6/-14.6
WELL, PN -409 Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041446-0401 1 SFE
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250) antenna INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar con- HONEYWELL 2041220-3231 1 SFE
trol panel INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
antenna mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
transceiver mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar HONEYWELL 066-50008- 2 SFE
transceiver INC. REDMOND, 0409
OLATHE

11 Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with A318-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0 Audio mixing box T.E.A.M BMA3603AA0 1 SFE
PWS and multiscan (WXR A319-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0
A320-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0 1
2100) - ROCKWELL COLLINS, A321-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0
PN -213 Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601 1 SFE
antenna LINS
trol panel LINS
Weather radar dual ROCKWELL COL- 622-5136-801 1 SFE
antenna mount LINS
transceiver LINS
12 Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with A318-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0 Audio mixing box T.E.A.M BMA3603AA0 1 SFE
PWS activation - ROCKWELL A319-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0
A320-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0 1
COLLINS, PN -624 A321-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0
antenna LINS
trol panel LINS
antenna mount LINS
transceiver LINS

34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendors for radio altimeters equip-
ment.
Basic aircraft
Two radio altimeter systems generally in accordance
with ARINC 707 are installed.
Description
This option installs alternate radio altimeter transceivers
and antennas mechanically and electrically inter-
changeable with the basic equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-8 - Radio altimeters
Aft cargo hold door
Antenna R2
Antenna T2 Antenna R1
Antenna T1
D
FW
Radio
altimeters

Std Radio altimeters basic equip- A318-100 Radio altimeter THALES AVION- 9599-607- 4 SFE
ment - THALES AVIONICS A319-100
A320-200 antenna ICS SA 12352
A321-200
Radio altimeter THALES AVION- 9599-607- 2 SFE
transceiver ICS SA 14943
07 Radio altimeters alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio altimeter ROCKWELL COL- 622-8701-003 4 SFE
equipment - ROCKWELL COL- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna LINS
LINS 900 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Radio altimeter ROCKWELL COL- 822-0334-020 2 SFE
transceiver LINS
11 Radio altimeters alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio altimeter HONEYWELL 071-50026- 4 SFE
equipment - HONEYWELL, PN A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna INC. 0300
066-50007-0222 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Radio altimeter HONEYWELL 066-50007- 2 SFE
transceiver INC. 0222


34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
Objective B) The following announcements are also proposed:

To customize the radio altitude announcements. • 2 500 ft: "twenty five hundred" (refer to paragraph C)
• 2 000 ft: "two thousand"
Basic aircraft • 500 ft: "five hundred" (refer to paragraph D)
The automatic call-out function is integrated in the • 300 ft: "three hundred"
FWCs and generates synthetic voice announcements • 200 ft: "two hundred"
• 100 ft: "one hundred"
of radio altitude.
Basic definition gives the following announcements: C) It is strongly recommended to select automatic call-
• altitudes in feet: out 2500. Basically "two thousand five hundred" is pro-
2 500, (two thousand five hundred), 1000, 400, 50, 40,
posed but it can be replaced by "twenty five hundred".
30, 20, 10, 5
(e.g. at 400 ft, the voice says in English "four hundred").
D) According to operational requirements for TAWS it is
• "hundred above" at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft (*)
• "minimum" at DH / MDA / MDH (*). mandatory to select the 400 ft or 500 ft automatic callout
(*) DH on PA, MDA on NPA - QFE, MDH on NPA-QNH. (at least one of them).
Description Note
The FWC pin programming shall be modified according "Hundred above" and "minimum" automatic callouts
to the selected announcements. cannot be deselected.
A) The following altitude automatic callouts are strongly EPAC selection mode
recommended and should not be deselected from the Individual
basic definition: 1 000 - 50 - 40 - 30 - 20 - 10 - 5.

Figure 34-9 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
Announcement Comments
at 2500 ft: "two thousand five hundred" Strongly recommended

at 2500 ft: "twenty five hundred" Strongly recommended (alternate to "Two thousand five hundred")
at 2000 ft: "two thousand"
at 1000 ft: "one thousand" Strongly recommended
at 500 ft: "five hundred" 500 ft or 400 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)
at 400 ft: "four hundred" 400 ft or 500 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)
at 300 ft: "three hundred"
at 200 ft: "two hundred"
at 100 ft: "one hundred"
at 50 ft: "fifty" Strongly recommended
at 40 ft: "forty" Strongly recommended
at 30 ft: "thirty" Strongly recommended
at 20 ft: "twenty" Strongly recommended
at 10 ft: "ten" Strongly recommended
at 5 ft: "five" Strongly recommended
at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft: "hundred above" Cannot be deselected
at DH / MDA / MDH: "minimum" Cannot be deselected
Basic announcements

01 Radio altitude automatic call- A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0 Radio altitude auto- TBD TBD SFE
outs A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0 matic call-outs
Customizable.
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A318-100 : Subject to customer specific
study
study
study
study


34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate
equipment (SFE)
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the TCAS delivered
as SFE.
Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically ca-
pable of European elementary surveillance.
Description
Installation of alternate TCAS consists of:
• TCAS computer and associated antennas (2)
• TCAS compatible ATC transponder, mode S.
Note
• ELS: ELementary Surveillance, EHS: EnHanced
Surveillance
• for alternate ATC/TCAS control panel installation,
see item CN34.52.140.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-10 - TCAS system
STBY AUTO ON
ATC FAIL
1 2
1 2 3
T
A
C
T
C 4 5 6
IDENT A TCAS antenna
S
OFF ON ALL ABV TA
STBY TA/RA
THRT BLW
7 0 CLR
ALT RPTG
ATC/TCAS control panel FMGC 2

Location of ATC/TCAS antennas ATC 1
2
mode S
ATC mode S 1/ capable FMGC 1
ATC mode S 2 TCAS
2 Windshear
1 stall inhibit
FWC Mount for
ALT limit
Synth. TCAS
voice
3
2 CFDIU
EIS displays 1
DMC
Inhibit
GPWS
ATC 1/ATC 2 TCAS
FDIU
TCAS antenna

Std TCAS change 7 - HONEYWELL A318-100 ATC mode S tran- HONEYWELL 066-01127- 2 SFE
TPA 100 / ATC ELS, EHS - HON- A319-100
A320-200 sponder INC. REDMOND, 1402
EYWELL (-1402) A321-200 OLATHE
TCAS directional HONEYWELL 071-50001- 2 SFE
antenna INC. REDMOND, 8104
OLATHE
TCAS II computer HONEYWELL 940-0300-001 1 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
10 TCAS change 7.1 alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- HONEYWELL 066-01127- 2 SFE
equipment - HONEYWELL TPA- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder INC. REDMOND, 1402
100B / ATC ELS, EHS - HONEY- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE
WELL (-1402)
TCAS directional HONEYWELL 071-50001- 2 SFE
antenna INC. REDMOND, 8104
OLATHE
TCAS II computer HONEYWELL 940-0351-001 1 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

39 TCAS change 7.1 - ACSS 2000 / A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- ACSS-AN L3 751-7800- 2 SFE
ATC ELS, EHS - ACSS (-10100) A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder COMMUNICA- 10100
DO-260A A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. TIONS/THALES
TCAS directional ACSS-AN L3 751-4081-911 2 SFE
antenna COMMUNICA-
TIONS/THALES
TCAS II computer ACSS-AN L3 751-7900- 1 SFE
COMMUNICA- 10020
TIONS/THALES
61 TCAS change 7.1 - ROCKWELL A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1338-021 2 SFE
COLLINS 921 / ATC ELS, EHS - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder LINS
ROCKWELL COLLINS 901 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
TCAS directional ROCKWELL COL- 622-8973-104 2 SFE
antenna LINS
TCAS II computer ROCKWELL COL- 822-1293-332 1 SFE
LINS

34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS
Objective Buyer to verify with the relevant states in which the

To install a T²CAS system and ATC Mode S transpon- Buyer operates, the correctness of the information
der. Vendor selection for the ATC Transponder is re- contained in the terrain database. Errors in the ter-
quired. rain data shall be reported to the relevant states and
the supplier of the related equipment. In no case shall
Airbus be held responsible or liable for the contents,
Basic aircraft acquisition, use or updating of the terrain data base.
EGPWS, TCAS and ATC Transponder are installed.
EPAC selection mode
The EGPWS and TCAS are replaced by T²CAS which
provides both TAWS & TCAS functions in the same
equipment. T²CAS manufactured by ACSS is installed
in the same location as the TCAS. Customer choice is
required for the supplier of the ATC Transponder.
Note
• for ATC TCAS control panel selection, see item
CN34.52.140
• incompatible with weather radar autotilt function
(CN34.41.300/03 and CN34.41.310/03)
• the contents of the terrain database are made avail-
able by the various states, which are members of the
ICAO world organization, to the supplier. Each state
is responsible for the definition of the content of the
terrain database. It shall be the responsibility of the

20 Install. of T2CAS - ACSS (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- ACSS-AN L3 751-7800- 2 SFE
11111)/ATC - ACSS (-10100) A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder COMMUNICA- 10100
DO-260A - lateral GPS posit. A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. TIONS/THALES
with auto desel.
Enhanced Ground HONEYWELL 965-1676-00X -1 SFE
Proximity Warning INC. REDMOND,
Computer OLATHE
(EGPWC)
T2CAS computer ACSS-AN L3 9000000- 1 SFE
COMMUNICA- 11111
TIONS/THALES
TCAS directional ACSS-AN L3 751-4081-911 2 SFE
antenna COMMUNICA-
TIONS/THALES

34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
Objective Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pull-

To propose alternate warnings for the Ground Collision up ! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERRAIN"
Avoidance Module (GCAM) within the T2CAS in line message on Navigation Display.
with FAA recommendations. Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with vi-
sual red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display is
Basic aircraft unchanged.
The basic GCAM aural and visual annunciation is in line
with the EASA/JAA requirements: Note
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associat- Requires prior installation of a T2CAS.
ed with visual amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Nav-
igation Display. EPAC selection mode
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up Individual
! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERR AHEAD"
message on Navigation Display.
Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with
red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display.
Description
The modification consists of activation of the alternate
FAA recommended wording which is selectable by pin
programming:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associ-
ated with visual amber "TERRAIN" message on Naviga-
tion Display.

01 T2CAS - Activation of A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

announcements (aural and A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
visual) in compliance with FAA A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
wording

34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS
Objective
To allow later installation of a T3CAS.
Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically ca-
pable of European elementary surveillance.
Description
Wiring provision shall be made in the avionics compart-
ment for later installation of a T3CAS.
The modification consists in installing additional wiring
between the ATC transponder rack and the TCAS rack
for future used by the T3CAS.
Note
T3CAS is to be used in conjunction with a transponder
ACSS DO-260A.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Wiring provision for T3CAS A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0

A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)
Objective
To allow later activation of Aircraft Traffic Situation
Awareness (ATSAW) function.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Complete wiring provision for later activation of ATSAW
function is provided.
ATSAW applications aim at enhancing the flight crews'
knowledge of the surrounding traffic information. The
principle is to use a Cockpit Display Traffic
Information (CDTI) that provides permanently updated
traffic information received via ADS-B using mode S
1090 MHz.
ATSAW enhances the traffic situational awareness with
the objective to improve the efficiency and the safety of
the flight.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Wiring provision for Aircraft A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0

Traffic Situation Awareness A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
(ATSAW) A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function
Objective Using a traffic selector switch, crew can select a specific

To enhance the efficiency and the safety of the flight aircraft to get more information as aircraft identification
thanks to a better traffic situational awareness. and ground speed. More information is available on
MCDU selecting the specific Traffic page.
Basic aircraft
None. ATSAW function:
• enhances the opportunity to flight level change
Description • optimizes the flight level and generates fuel savings
Airborne Traffic Situational AWareness (ATSAW) aims • improves cooperation with ATC (better understand-
at enhancing the flight crews' knowledge of the sur- ing of ATC instructions)
rounding traffic information. The principle is to display
permanently updated traffic information received via EPAC selection mode
ADS-B using mode S 1090 MHz. Individual
With ATSAW, the surrounding traffic information dis-

played by default on ND is:
• the aircraft position
• the aircraft direction
• the relative altitude
• the vertical speed tendency.

01 Activation of ATSAW function A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pushbutton AIRBUS ABS1650-01 2 SFE

02 Activation of ATSAW function A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pushbutton AIRBUS ABS1650-01 2 SFE

including ITP (In Trail Proce- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
dure) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate
equipment
Objective database. It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to
To provide an alternate Enhanced Ground Proximity verify with the relevant states in which the Buyer oper-
Warning Computer (EGPWC) capable of geometric alti- ates, the correctness of the information contained in the
tude, PEAKS, OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral posi- terrain database. Errors in the terrain data shall be re-
tion functions. ported to the relevant states and the supplier of the re-
lated equipment. In no case shall Airbus be held
Basic aircraft responsible or liable for the contents, acquisition, use or
The basic EGPWC is capable of geometric altitude, updating of the terrain data base.
PEAKS and OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral posi-
tion functions. EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
An alternate EGPWC manufactured by HONEYWELL is
installed in place of the basic one.
The main improvements of this alternate equipment are
the compatibility with low RNP approach, with steep ap-
proach (on A318 only) and the provision for managing
RAAS audio volume.
Note
The contents of the terrain database are made available
by the various states, which are members of the ICAO
world organization, to the supplier. Each state is re-
sponsible for the definition of the content of the terrain

Std EGPWC - capable of GPS lat- A318-100 Ground Proximity HONEYWELL 965-1676-002 1 SFE
eral position A319-100
A320-200 Warning Computer INC. REDMOND,
A321-200 (GPWC) OLATHE
03 EGPWC alternate equipment - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Ground Proximity HONEYWELL 965-1676-003 1 SFE
HONEYWELL, -003 A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Warning Computer INC. REDMOND,
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (GPWC) OLATHE

34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate
warnings
To propose an EGPWS man machine interface with al- Individual
ternate aural and visual annunciation.
Basic aircraft
The basic EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is in
line with the EASA/JAA wording:
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associat-
ed with amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up
! ..." voice associated with red "TERR AHEAD" mes-
sage on Navigation Display.
Description
The EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associ-
ated with amber "TERRAIN" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pull-
up ! ..." voice associated with red "TERRAIN" message
on Navigation Display.
The modification is made by pin-program.

03 EGPWS annunciation (aural & A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

visual) in accordance with FAA A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
wording A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional
functions
Objective
To give aircraft position on the airport surface by provid-
ing aural advisories.
Basic aircraft
An EGPWC is installed.
Description
The Runway Awareness And Advisory System (RAAS)
is a new function implemented in EGPWS. It allows to
give aircraft position on the airport surface.
The aircraft position comes from GPS. The airport loca-
tion comes from an EGPWS runway database.
RAAS function provides only aural advisories.
To be available, RAAS needs a certain EGPWS config-
uration:
• EGPWS is powered up
• EGPWS -003
• EGPWS runway database -435 or later
• RAAS Configuration Database -521
• GPS position
• RAAS discrete activation.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

15 Activation of the Runway A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0

Awareness and Advisory Sys- A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
tem (RAAS) function in the A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
EGPWS (-003)
Requires prior selection of CN34.48.124/
03 EGPWC alternate equipment - HON-
EYWELL, -003

34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for DME interrogators.
Basic aircraft
Two DME interrogators generally in accordance with
ARINC 709, are installed together with the two indepen-
dent L-blade antennas on the fuselage.
DME (1+2) indications are provided on EFIS NDs.
Description
The modification consists in replacing the DME interro-
gators by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-11 - DME interrogators
GS 390 TAS 380 VOR1 116. 00

095/20 30 CRS 010
27 33 TRO
24 0
21 3
18 6
2'30"
15 9
VOR1 12
TRO ADF2
15 NM JAG
ND
DME 2
DME 1 Antenna
Antenna

Std DME interrogators basic equip- A318-100 DME interrogator ROCKWELL COL- 822-0329-020 2 SFE
ment - ROCKWELL COLLINS A319-100
A320-200 LINS
900 A321-200
13 DME interrogators alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. DME interrogator HONEYWELL 066-50013- 2 SFE
equipment - HONEYWELL, PN A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. INC. REDMOND, 1222
066-50013-1222 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE


34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)
Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM) to be com-
pliant with AMC-20-24 for ADS-B OUT in Non Radar
Airspace.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The necessary changes to implement ADS-B OUT reg-
ulation for Non Radar Airspace are made.
The objective of ADS-B OUT function is to
comply with AMC-20-24 applicable to the airborne do-
main specified for 5NM separations in Non Radar Air-
space.
Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder not capable of
ADS-B OUT.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Compliance with ADS-B OUT A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

regulation for NRA A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation
Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM, AMM) to
be compliant with TGL18/JAA NPA-20-12a (EHS regu-
lation).
Basic aircraft
Two mode S ATC transponders compliant with ELS (El-
ementary surveillance).
Description
The necessary changes to implement TGL18/JAA NPA-
20-12a (EHS regulation) are made.
Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder non capable of
EHS.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Compliance with European A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0

enhanced surveillance (EHS) A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
regulation A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ATC control panel.
Basic aircraft
One ATC control panel (Mode S, TCAS with Full Time
and Above/Below display mode).
Description
ATC control panel is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-12 - ATC control panel location
AUTO AUTO
STBY ON IDENT ATC FAIL
STBY ON
TA
STBY TARA
1 2 1 2 3
A T 1 2 T
C A C
T IDENT
C A T A
OFF ON ALL ABV
S C 4 5 6 ALL TA S
ABV STBY TARA
OFF ON
THRT BLW THRT BLW
ATC FAIL
7 0 CLR
ALT RPTG ALT RPTG
THALES AVIONICS C124-02-AA02 (optional) THALES AVIONICS C124-04-AB02 (basic)

Std Dual ATC/TCAS control panel A318-100 Dual ATC/TCAS THALES AVION- C124-04- 1 SFE
basic equipment - THALES A319-100
A320-200 control panel ICS SA AB02
AVIONICS (-AB02) A321-200
Keyboard type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.
20 Dual ATC /TCAS control panel A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Dual ATC/TCAS THALES AVION- C124-02- 1 SFE
alternate equipment - THALES A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. control panel ICS SA AA02
AVIONICS (-AA02) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Rotactor type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.
Not applicable to A318-100 equipped with
PW engines.


34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
Objective
To provide full provision for the later installation of a sec-
ond ADF system.
Basic aircraft
One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and
sense antenna is installed.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF
antenna.
Description
• installation of a second ADF antenna on top of the fu-
selage
• installation of a second ADF receiver mount in the
avionics compartment
• installation of associated wiring.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-13 - ADF system
FMGC1 FMGC2
ADF1 antenna ADF2 antenna RMP1 RMP2
VOR1 VOR2
ADF receivers DME1 DME2
MMR1 MMR2
ADF1 Prov for

ADF2
Normal flow
Alternate flow

01 Full provision for second ADF A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0 ADF antenna THALES AVION- 615-2630-102 2 SFE
system A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0 ICS SA
A321-200 8.5/8.5/-8.5


34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ADF system.
Basic aircraft
One ADF system is installed.
ADF bearing information is displayed on NDs according
to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch po-
sitions.
ADF bearing can be displayed on the DDRMI (if select-
ed).
Description
The ADF receiver is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-14 - Single ADF system
FMGC1 FMGC2
ADF1 antenna RMP1 RMP2
VOR1 VOR2
DME1 DME2
MMR1 MMR2
ADF1 ADF2
Normal flow
Alternate flow

Std ADF system basic equipment - A318-100 ADF receiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0299-020 1 SFE
ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 A319-100
A320-200 LINS
A321-200
03 ADF system alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ADF receiver HONEYWELL 066-50014- 1 SFE
ment - HONEYWELL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE


34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
Objective ADF1 (or 2) information is displayed on NDs according

To install dual ADF system to provide redundancy for to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch po-
navigation purposes. sitions.
Basic aircraft Note

One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and This option is not compatible with later installation of a
sense antenna is installed. satellite TV system.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF EPAC selection mode
antenna. Individual
Description
The complete installation of dual ADF system is imple-
mented as follows:
• installation of a second antenna on top of the fuse-
lage
• installation of dual ADF receiver with associated
mount in the avionics compartment in place of the ba-
sic single ADF receiver
• installation of associated wiring
• pin-programming modification of peripheral equip-
ment (DMC, FMGC, RMP).

Figure 34-15 - Dual ADF system
ADF1 antenna ADF2 antenna
FMGC1 FMGC2
RMP1 RMP2
VOR1 VOR2
ARPT NDB VOR D WPT CSTR BARO
40 ROSE NAV
20 60 VOR ARC
in Hg hPa DME1 DME2
10 160 ILS PLAN
PULL
STD
320
1 2
ADF VOR ADF VOR

ILS FD MMR1 MMR2
OFF OFF
Activated ADF1 ADF2

position
Normal flow
Alternate flow

03 Installation of dual ADF system A318-100 12.5/12.5/-12.5 ADF antenna THALES AVION- 615-2630-102 2 SFE
- HONEYWELL A319-100 12.5/12.5/-12.5
A320-200 12.5/12.5/-12.5 ICS SA
A321-200 13.0/13.0/-13.0
ADF receiver HONEYWELL 066-50014- 2 SFE
INC. REDMOND, 0202
OLATHE
04 Installation of dual ADF system A318-100 11.5/11.5/-11.5 ADF antenna THALES AVION- 615-2630-102 2 SFE
- ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 A319-100 11.5/11.5/-11.5
A320-200 11.5/11.5/-11.5 ICS SA
A321-200 12.0/12.0/-12.0
ADF receiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0299-020 2 SFE
LINS


34.55.102 - VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the VOR system.
Basic aircraft
Two VOR receivers are installed in the avionics com-
partment.
• VOR 1 and VOR 2 information is displayed on NDs
depending on the position of the ADF/VOR selectors
on the EFIS control panel
• VOR 1 and VOR 2 bearing is also displayed on the
DDRMI located on the main instrument panel.
Each VOR receiver shall include a marker beacon func-

tion capability.
The outer, middle and inner marker signals are dis-
played on the PFD.
Description
The VOR receivers are replaced by alternate equip-
ment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 34-16 - VOR/Marker
VOR antenna (dual)

ARPT NDB VOR D CSTR WPT BARO
40 ROSE NAV
20 60 VOR ARC
in Hg hPa
10 160 ILS PLAN
PULL
STD
320
1 2
ADF VOR ADF VOR

ILS FD
OFF OFF
MKR antenna Mode

ADF/VOR selector
control
GS 390 TAS 380 VOR1 116. 00
095/20 30 CRS 010
27 33 TRO
24 0
21 3
18 6
2'30"
15 9
VOR1 12
TRO ADF2
15 NM JAG
ROSE/VOR

Std VOR/MARKER receivers basic A318-100 Marker antenna CHELTON 6204-89-00 1 SFE
equipment - ROCKWELL COL- A319-100
A320-200
LINS 900 A321-200
VOR antenna CHELTON 3108-89 1 SFE
VOR receiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0297-020 2 SFE

LINS
13 VOR/MARKER receivers alter- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. VOR receiver HONEYWELL 066-50012- 2 SFE
nate equipment - HONEY- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
WELL, PN 066-50012-1212 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE


34.58.313 - Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
To allow alternate equipment selection for MMR. The basic MMRs and GPS active antennas are re-
placed by alternate ones.
Basic aircraft
Two MMRs are installed. EPAC selection mode
Each one includes: Individual
• an ILS card - a GPS card
• space provision for GLS
• space provision for MLS.
Two GPS active antennas are installed above the cock-
pit. A dual loc and a dual glide antennas are installed.
GPS information from MMR 1 and 2 are sent to ADIRS
1,2,3 for hybridization and then to FMGC 1 and 2 for cal-
culation of the position.
GPS is certified as per C129 class 1
Integrity is provided through ADIRU hybridization
algorithms:
• when Honeywell ADIRU are installed, "HIGH step 1"
with ADIRU HG2030AExx, "HIGH step 2" with ADI-
RU HG2030BExx (HIGH = Honeywell Inertial Gps
Hybrid)
• when NORTHROP GRUMMAN are installed, "AIME"
(AIME = Autonomous Integrity Monitored Extrapola-
tion)

Figure 34-17 - MMR typical installation
FMGC1 FMGC2
Active antennas RMP1 RMP2
VOR1 VOR2
FMS ADIRS MMR

DME1 DME2
Avionics compartment
MMR1 MMR2
ADF1 Prov for

ADF2
Normal flow
Alternate flow

Std MMR basic equipment provid- A318-100 GPS antenna ROCKWELL COL- 822-1330-001 2 SFE
ing ILS (FM immunity) and GPS A319-100
A320-200 LINS
C1 functions - ROCKWELL A321-200
COLLINS Multi Mode ROCKWELL COL- 822-1152-122 2 SFE
Receiver (MMR) LINS
02 MMR alternate equipment pro- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. GPS antenna ROCKWELL COL- 8222033001 2 SFE
viding ILS and GPS functions A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. LINS
with FLS/GLS capability - A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
ROCKWELL COLLINS Multi Mode ROCKWELL COL- 822-1821-430 2 SFE
Receiver (MMR) LINS
13 MMR alternate equipment pro- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. GPS antenna THALES AVION- C17065AA 2 SFE
viding ILS (FM immunity) and A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. ICS SA
GPS C1 functions - THALES A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
AVIONICS Multi Mode THALES AVION- TLS755-01- 2 SFE
Receiver (MMR) ICS SA 0102A
21 MMR alternate equipment pro- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. GPS antenna HONEYWELL 071-50029- 2 SFE
viding ILS (FM immunity) and A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
GPS C1 functions - HONEY- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE
WELL
Multi Mode HONEYWELL 066-50029- 2 SFE
Receiver (MMR) INC. REDMOND, 1161
OLATHE


34.58.316 - Activation of GLS function
Objective
To offer GNSS Landing System (GLS) capability.
Basic aircraft
Two MMR are basically installed, each one includes
GPS and ILS cards.
Description
Depending on operational needs, the GLS additional
option shall be activated through a specific MMR pin-
programming.
This GLS function enables to fly CAT I precision ap-
proaches with autoland, in an ILS look-alike manner.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Activation of GLS function A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


34.58.317 - Activation of FLS function
Objective
To offer FMS Landing System (FLS) capability.
Basic aircraft
Two MMR are basically installed, each one includes
GPS and ILS cards.
Description
Depending on operational needs, the FLS option shall
be activated thanks to a dedicated FMS OPC (Opera-
tional Programme Configuration).
This FLS function enables fly non-precision approaches
in an ILS look-alike manner.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Activation of FLS function A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


34.58.340 - Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR
Objective
To allow CAT IIIB operation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The MLS function shall be implemented within the
MMR. The modified aircraft shall be capable of CAT IIIB
operation at airports equipped with adequate MLS
ground station and facilities.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

03 MLS function implementation A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. MLS capture THALES AVION- 1071-84-00 1 SFE
for CAT IIIB operation - THA- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna ICS SA
LES MMR, PN TLS755-14- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
0103A MLS landing THALES AVION- 3602-84-00 2 SFE
antenna ICS SA
Multi Mode THALES AVION- TLS755-14- 2 SFE
Receiver (MMR) ICS SA 0103A


A320 Family Oxygen 35
Reference Title
35.11.102 Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder
35.11.201 Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment
35.20.010 Installation of four oxygen masks per box
35.20.113 Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system
35.20.114 Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system

35 Oxygen A320 Family
35.11.102 - Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder
Objective
To permit convenient in-situ replenishing of flight crew
oxygen cylinder.
Basic aircraft
No replenishment facility is provided; the oxygen cylin-
der is removed via the external access door.
Structural and space provision is made for a ground fill-
ing connector and associated pressure gauge.
Description
Adaptation of the flight crew oxygen storage system, lo-
cated in the LH forward under-floor compartment, to
permit in-situ charging of the oxygen cylinder, via the
access door.
• installation of a filling connector
• installation of a flexible tube and a duct between the
regulator and the filling connector
• installation of an HP indicator
• installation of appropriate wiring.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 35-1 - External oxygen replenishment principle
Full face quick

donning mask
Optional
(Fourth occupant) Storage box
assembly
Flex. hose
Access door
Distribution manifold
Pressure switch
Pressure regulator
transmitter
Overpressure hose Supply

valve
LP
FR13 HP
FR11
FR9
Oxygen cylinder
Test port
Flexible hose Direct reading
pressure gauge
overpressure HP indicator
Manual isolation
high pressure valve
Overboard discharge Filling connector
low pressure indicator with cap

03 Installation of in-situ replenish- A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0 Filling flexible hose EROS DTH4AAR- 1 SFE
ment facility for cockpit oxy- A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0 505
gen cylinder A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
Filling indicator EROS 444-00522- 1 SFE
700
Filling port assem- EROS DKR142 1 SFE
bly


35.11.201 - Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate flight crew oxygen cylinder.
Basic aircraft
The flight crew oxygen cylinder is of composite material
with 77.1 cu ft (2 183 liter) capacity. It is located in the
avionics compartment, LH side.
Description
The existing composite oxygen cylinder is replaced by
alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 35-2 - Cockpit oxygen system
Full face quick

donning mask
Storage box
assembly
Optional Flex. hose
(Fourth occupant)
Pressure switch Distribution

L.P. over manifold
pressure Pressure
flex. hose regulator Flexible hose
transmitter
H.P. over Over pressure
pressure
flex. hose LP High pressure
HP
L.P. supply Low pressure
77.1 Cu.ft valve
(composite)
Overboard Manual
discharge indicator isolation Test port
Oxygen cylinder valve
Supply flex. hose
)
02
DU
(T Direct reading
115 Cu.ft pressure gage
(steel)

Std Cockpit oxygen cylinder basic A318-100 Oxygen cylinder AVOX SYSTEMS 897940-77 1 SFE
equipment 77.1 cu ft (compos- A319-100
A320-200 (77.1 cu ft) INC.
ite) - AVOX SYSTEMS A321-200
02 Cockpit oxygen cylinder alter- A318-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Oxygen cylinder AVOX SYSTEMS 891511-14 1 SFE
nate equipment 115 cu ft A319-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 (115 cu ft) INC.
(steel) - AVOX SYSTEMS A321-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0
04 Cockpit oxygen cylinder alter- A318-100 5.5/5.5/-5.5 Oxygen cylinder AVOX SYSTEMS 897940-15 1 SFE
nate equipment 115 cu ft (com- A319-100 5.5/5.5/-5.5
A320-200 5.5/5.5/-5.5 (115 cu ft) INC.
posite) - AVOX SYSTEMS A321-200 5.5/5.5/-5.5


35.20.010 - Installation of four oxygen masks per box
Objective
To allow unrestricted seating of passengers with in-
fants.
Basic aircraft
Three and four masks oxygen containers are installed.
Description
Four passenger oxygen masks are installed above each
of the LH and RH passenger seat units providing a total
of eight masks per seat row.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Installation of four oxygen A318-100 4.5/4.5/-4.5

masks per box A319-100 5.0/5.0/-5.0
A320-200 6.0/6.0/-6.0
A321-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0

35.20.113 - Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system
Objective
To increase operational capability by providing extend-
ed supply duration for the passenger oxygen system.
Basic aircraft
A chemically generated passenger oxygen system,
from supplier B/E AEROSPACE SYSTEMS, with 15
minutes supply duration capability is installed.
Description
The basic passenger oxygen boxes are replaced by
boxes with oxygen generator supply duration increased
to 22 minutes, at the following locations:
• in the lateral supply channels above passenger seats
• at all attendant stations
• in all lavatories
• in the forward and aft entrance ceilings.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 35-3 - Extended cabin altitude/descent profile
Flight Level (x100 ft)
410
400
300 290
Extended emergency descent profile
250
200
Basic emergency descent profile
100
Time (minutes)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Std Basic passenger chemical oxy- A318-100 Passenger chemi- B/E AEROSPACE TBD 1 SFE
gen system (15 min) - B/E A319-100
A320-200 cal oxygen system SYSTEMS GMBH
AEROSPACE SYSTEMS A321-200
07 Extended supply duration for A318-100 35.0/35.0/-35.0 Passenger chemi- B/E AEROSPACE TBD 1 SFE
passenger chemical oxygen A319-100 39.0/39.0/-39.0
A320-200 46.0/46.0/-46.0 cal oxygen system SYSTEMS GMBH
system (22 min) - B/E AERO- A321-200 56.0/56.0/-56.0
SPACE SYSTEMS


35.20.114 - Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system

To provide a gaseous passenger oxygen system with
an extended oxygen supply duration.

The standard chemical oxygen system provides oxygen
for 15 min.
Space provision and structural reinforcements.

The supply duration for passenger oxygen system is ex-
tended to tbd min with the installation of gaseous oxy-
gen cylinders in the aft cargo compartment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Extended duration passenger A319-100 124.0/124.0/-124.0 Oxygen cylinder B/E AEROSPACE 4441103-115 6 SFE
gaseous oxygen system (117 cu ft) OXYGEN SYST
PRODUCT LEN-
EXA
Set of passenger BE AEROSPACE TBD 1 SFE
emergency oxygen
masks


A320 Family Water/waste 38
Reference Title
38.10.104 Installation of water conditioner in potable water system
38.41.101 Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization system

38 Water/waste A320 Family
38.10.104 - Installation of water conditioner in potable water system
Objective
To prevent build-up of limescale in the potable water
system including associated equipment as water heat-
ers, faucets etc.
Basic aircraft
No system with limescale prevention capabilities in-
stalled.
Description
One small size water conditioner is installed in the filling/
distribution line below the potable water tank.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Installation of water condi- A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Water conditioner MAN TECHNOL- 9630602-1001 1 SFE
tioner in potable water system A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 OGIE GMBH
(A318, A319, A321)
03 Installation of water condi- A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Water conditioner MAN TECHNOL- 9630602-1101 1 SFE
tioner in potable water system OGIE GMBH
(A320)

38.41.101 - Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization
system
Objective • installation of pressure switch
To maintain potable water system pressure within the • installation of associated wiring.
working range of 25 to 28 lbf/sq in (172 to 193 kPa) in
flight and on the ground. EPAC selection mode
Individual
Basic aircraft
The water system pressure is at least 25 lbf/sq in under
normal flight conditions.
Description
An electrically driven compressor is installed in the po-
table water system pressure within the working range of
25 to 28 psi (172 to 193 kpa) in flight and on the ground.
The compressor is controlled by a pressure switch, in-
stalled in the air supply line to the potable water tank.
Compressor is automatically switched ON if the system
air pressure is less than 25 psi (172 kpa).
The compressor only works if the door of the potable
water service panel is in closed position.

• installation of air compressor
• installation of modified air supply lines including air
filter and non return valve

01 Installation of auxiliary com- A318-100 8.5/8.5/-8.5

pressor in the potable water A319-100 8.5/8.5/-8.5
A320-200 8.5/8.5/-8.5
pressurization system A321-200 8.5/8.5/-8.5


A320 Family Information systems 46
Reference Title
46.21.102 Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication (AOC) software for
ATSU
46.21.105 Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU
46.21.111 Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function
46.21.140 Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+
46.21.142 Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+

46 Information systems A320 Family
46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication
(AOC) software for ATSU
Objective Note
To provide Airbus standard definition of Airline Opera- 1) Use of the ATSU requires installation of airline
tional Communication (AOC) in the Air Traffic Services ground system and contract with datalink service pro-
Unit (ATSU). The AOC software supports data commu- viders.
nications between the aircraft and the airline facilities on
the ground. 2) Customization of the AOC software
In case of installation of airline customized AOC, it is not
Basic aircraft required to raise an RFC for the installation of the AIR-
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its host plat- BUS standard AOC (application software + database).
form (hardware + software including ACARS router). Installation of customized AOC is not managed/record-
Availability of ACARS router functionality (e.g. interface ed by AIRBUS in the definition process. The certification
with systems such as FMS, CFDS, AIDS) does not re- level of AOC applications software is level E (DO178B).
quire installation of AOC software. Evolution or modification of AOC software does not re-
quire AIRBUS involvement. Customization of the AOC
Description function is the responsibility of the airline and its select-
The modification consists in installing in the ATSU, via ed supplier.
dataloading, the standard AOC software from the se-
lected supplier (ROCKWELL COLLINS or HONEY- 3) Customization of the ATSU
WELL). In order to use the ATSU, it must be configured with air-
Each supplier proposes two solutions, one with fuel line specific information. Providing this information is
units in pounds and one with fuel units in kg. supplied by the operator during the delivery process,
AIRBUS can provide customization of the ATSU during
aircraft delivery under direct responsibility of the cus-

46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication
(AOC) software for ATSU (Continued)
tomer (configuration of ACARS router and VHF scan
mask). The same applies for installation of customized
AOC software.
Should problems occur during the customization pro-
cess or if the operator does not provide customization
information in due time, the aircraft will be delivered with
default ATSU configuration: default router and scan
mask configuration, standard selected AOC software.
Information to be provided during the delivery process:
• Airline identification: 2 character and 3 character
codes
• List and regional applicability of Datalink Service Pro-
viders contracted by the airline for the Scan Mask
(e.g. SITA Europe, SITA Pacific, Arinc, Avicom, Air
Canada)
• Customized AOC software diskettes if applicable.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

12 AIRBUS standard AOC soft- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. AOC application ROCKWELL COL- 222-6279- 1 BFE
ware from ROCKWELL COL- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. software diskette LINS 232-RVA
LINS with units in lbs (by A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. for ATSU
default)
AOC database dis- ROCKWELL COL- 222-5870- 1 BFE
kette for ATSU LINS 501-RVD
13 AIRBUS standard AOC soft- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. AOC application ROCKWELL COL- 222-6279- 1 BFE
ware from ROCKWELL COL- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. software diskette LINS 232-RVA
LINS with units in kg (by A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. for ATSU
default)
AOC database dis- ROCKWELL COL- 222-7720- 1 BFE
kette for ATSU LINS 001-RVB
14 AIRBUS standard AOC soft- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. AOC application HONEYWELL 998-2459-510 1 BFE
ware from HONEYWELL with A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. software diskette INC. REDMOND,
units in lbs (by default) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. for ATSU OLATHE
AOC database dis- HONEYWELL 998-2449-507 1 BFE
kette for ATSU INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
15 AIRBUS standard AOC soft- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. AOC application HONEYWELL 998-2459-510 1 BFE
ware from HONEYWELL with A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. software diskette INC. REDMOND,
units in kg (by default) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. for ATSU OLATHE
AOC database dis- HONEYWELL 998-6393-507 1 BFE
kette for ATSU INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE


46.21.105 - Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU
Objective
To provide Departure Clearance (DCL), Automatic Ter-
minal Information System (ATIS) and Oceanic Clear-
ance (OCL) applications, (OCL only applicable to FANS
A+)
Basic aircraft
An ATSU is installed providing ACARS function.
Description
Airbus certified (DO178B level C) A623 ATS applica-
tions shall be loaded into the ATSU.
The ATSU software must be upgraded to receive A623
ATS applications.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

03 Activation of ATSU ARINC 623 A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

ATS applications capable of A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
FANS A+ A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

46.21.111 - Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function
Objective
To provide VDL mode 2 over the ACARS network
(VDL2/AOA), to improve air-ground digital communica-
tion and increase RF (radio frequency) transmission
speed from 2.4 to 31.5 kbps (kilo bit per second).
Basic aircraft
An ATSU is installed providing ACARS function. VDR
mode A are installed.
Description
The VDL Mode 2/AOA (ACARS over AVLC: Aviation
VHF Link Control) capability shall be activated in the
ATSU. This requires prior installation of:
• upgraded ATSU software to be capable of VDL Mode
2/AOA function
• upgraded VHF Data Radio (VDR) to be VDL mode 2
capable.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

02 Activation of VDL Mode 2 for A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0 ATSU CONFIG AIRBUS LA2T0J6000X 1 SFE
ACARS in ATSU (CSB4.X) A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0 database XXXX
Only applicable in conjunction with VHF
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
Data Radio (VDR) capable of VDL mode
2.

46.21.140 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+
Objective
To face air traffic growth, and increase airspace capac-
ity in oceanic and remote environment.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its aircraft in-
terface software (including ACARS router).
Availability of ACARS router functionality (e.g. interface
with systems such as FMS, CFDS, AIDS) does not re-
quire installation of AOC software.
Description
FANS A+ configuration introduces FANS communica-
tion and surveillance capability in the aircraft to allow im-
proved operations in oceanic and remote environment,
based on Air Traffic Control (ATC) applications:
• Automatic Dependent Surveillance (ADS-C)
• Air Traffic Service (ATS) Facilities Notification (AFN)
• Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC).
FANS A + configuration is still compatible with Airline
Operational Control (AOC) communications.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

07 Installation of FANS A+ with A318-100 4.5/4.5/-4.5 Datalink Control SMITHS INDUS- 401MFD3-2 2 SFE
data link recording capability A319-100 4.5/4.5/-4.5
A320-200 4.5/4.5/-4.5 and Display Unit TRIES
A321-200 4.5/4.5/-4.5 (DCDU)

46.21.142 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+
Objective • activation of ATC/MSG Push Buttons

To support data link operations in continental Europe • installation of two Datalink Control and Display Units
over VDL (VHF Data Link) Mode 2/ATN (Aeronautical (DCDUs) from SMITHS INDUSTRIES.
Telecommunication Network).
Note
This option allows to configure adequately the aircraft
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its aircraft in- avionics to make the aircraft operational above FL 285
terface software (including ACARS router). in European continental high density area. Neverthe-
Availability of ACARS router functionality (e.g. interface less, before starting datalink operations, the operators
with systems such as FMS, CFDS, AIDS) does not re- (Airlines) need to ensure the following:
quire installation of AOC software. • sign contract(s) with Datalink service provider(s)
(ARINC/SITA)
• declare aircraft to these Datalink services providers
Description • declare aircraft and its FANS capability to ATC cen-
This installation includes: tres of the operated routes.
• upgrade of ATSU hardware to new part number
(standard "-A10") to host FANS B+ software and This FANS B+ option is compliant of the LINK
router ATN. 2000+ mandate phase.
• the ACARS ATSU router software providing VDL
mode A capability is retained and upgraded to VDL As per FAR amendments 25-124 and 121-338, provi-
mode 2/AOA capability for AOC applications and sion for CVR capable of data link recording
VDL2/ATN capability for ATC (S/W upgrade: stan- (CN23.71.120/01) is recommended for customers oper-
dard "CSB6") ating in FANS environment.
• activation of FANS B+ with new ATSU Configuration
(21TX) and ATC applications S/W
• Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC) EPAC selection mode
application software loading into the ATSU Individual

02 Installation of FANS B+ A318-100 5.5/5.5/-5.5 Air Traffic Services AIRBUS LA2T0G2100 1 SFE
Incompatible with CN46.21.111 since A319-100 5.5/5.5/-5.5
activation of VDL Mode 2 is included. A320-200 5.5/5.5/-5.5 Unit (ATSU) 6CA10
A321-200 5.5/5.5/-5.5
Air Traffic Services AIRBUS LA2T0J1307E 1 SFE
Unit (ATSU) A/C 00F1
interface software
Datalink Control SMITHS INDUS- 401MFD3-2 2 SFE
and Display Unit TRIES
(DCDU)


A320 Family Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49
Reference Title
49.00.105 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment

49 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) A320 Family
49.00.105 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate APU.
Basic aircraft
The APU is installed in the tailcone of the aircraft and
the associated Electronic Control Box (ECB) in the
pressurized bulk cargo compartment, No. 5.
Description
The basic APU and ECB are replaced by alternate
equipment, designed to be compatible with all aircraft
system interfaces (drop-in installation).
It is fully interchangeable with the basic equipment.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

A320 Family Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49
Figure 49-1 - APU components
36VU
BAT 1 1 BAT 2 BAT 2
DC BUS 1 DC BUS 2
FAULT FAULT 20VU
OFF OFF
GALLEY FAULT
A AGENT 1 AGENT 2 AGENT 1 AGENT 2
FAULT AC BUS 1 AC ESS BUS ALTN AC BUS 2 APU FIRE
U
E T E SQUIB SQUIB SQUIB SQUIB
OFF F F
L L PUSH
E O E I DISCH DISCH DISCH DISCH I
BUS TIE
R R
C
A
C
E ENG 1 FIRE AGENT ENG 2 FIRE E
IDG 1 SMOKE U IDG 2 TEST TEST TEST
SQUIB
R GEN 1 APU GEN OFF T EXT PWR GEN 2 R PUSH PUSH
O DISCH
FAULT FAULT FAULT AVAIL FAULT FAULT
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
Fire panel
Electric panel
Ventilation
(left side only)
Fire extinguishing
bottle
108VU
Bleed air
duct
Exhaust duct EXT PWR

FLT INT
108 VU
Access doors
Fuel line NOT IN USE AVAIL COCKPIT CALL ADIRU & APU FIRE
AVNCS VENT
Air intake
Diverter
LIGHT TEST COCKPIT CALL RESET

APU SHUT-OFF
External power
25VU control panel
30VU
APU PACK FLOW 30VU
NORM COCKPIT FWD CABIN AFT CABIN
HOT AIR
LO HI
MASTER SW FAULT
OFF
FAULT
A COLD HOT COLD HOT COLD HOT A
I I
ON R R
FAULT PACK 1 X BLEED PACK 2 FAULT
C C
O OFF OFF O
N N
START D RAM AIR AUTO D
ENG 1 BLEED APU BLEED ENG 2 BLEED
SHUT OPEN
AVAIL FAULT FAULT FAULT
OFF ON ON OFF
ON
Air conditioning panel ECB

(Electronic Control Box)

49 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) A320 Family
Std APU basic equipment - HAMIL- A318-100 Auxiliary Power Unit HAMILTON 4500001C 1 SFE
TON SUNDSTRAND, APS 3200 A319-100
A320-200 (APU) SUNDSTRAND
A321-200
Electronic Control HAMILTON 4500003M 1 SFE
Box (ECB) SUNDSTRAND
06 APU alternate equipment - A318-100 24.5/24.5/-24.5 Auxiliary Power Unit HONEYWELL 3800 708-1 1 SFE
HONEYWELL, GTCP131-9A A319-100 24.5/24.5/-24.5
A320-200 24.5/24.5/-24.5 (APU) INC.
A321-200 24.5/24.5/-24.5
Electronic Control HONEYWELL 3888394- 1 SFE
Box (ECB) INC. 221204

A320 Family Structures 51
Reference Title
51.00.115 Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention
51.22.250 External livery decorative adhesive film
51.22.710 Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3 coats)

51 Structures A320 Family
51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention
Objective • hatches
To have an extended corrosion protection on fuselage • cargo holds doors
and wings. • bulk compartment door.
Vertical stabilizer
Basic aircraft • rear spar including servo-control.
The following areas are treated with Type III Corrosion Horizontal stabilizer
Inhibitor (CI) & Water Repellent Fluid (WRF) as per • rear spar including servo-control.
Wings
AIMS 09-08-003:
• MLG bay on areas of underwing and overwing panel
Fuselage (wing strut wells)
• from frames C01 to C12, between stringers P32 LH • aft face of false rear spar
and P32 RH • aft face of rear spar inboard of gear rib 5
• from frames C12 to C21, between stringers P19 LH • aft faces of shroud box.
and P19 RH
• from frames C21 to C35, between stringers P32 LH Description
and P32 RH Corrosion prevention Type III is enlarged on fuselage,
• from frames C35 to C47 (C35 to C47.5 on A321), be-
tween stringers P23 LH and P23 RH floor grid and wings.
• from frames C47 to C63 (C47.5 to C60 on A321), be-
tween stringers P36 LH and P36 RH The following additional areas are protected:
• from frames C63 to C77 (C60 to C77 on A321), be-
tween stringers P23 LH and P23 RH Fuselage
• floorgrid (cross beam only) and tail cone, between
stringers P13 LH and P13 RH. • lower shell from frames C01 to C12, between string-
Doors ers P23 and P32 on LH and RH sides
• lower shell from frames C21 to C35, between string-
• emergency exits (A318/A319/A320) ers P23 and P32 on LH and RH sides
• emergency exit doors (A321)

51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention (Continued)
• lower shell from frames C47 to C63 (C47.5 to C60 on

A321), between stringers P23 and P36 on LH and
RH sides
• longitudinal beams and seat rails between frames
C36 and C70
• floor panel connection sheets in the area sections 13
to 18
• aft pressure bulk head above stringer 23 (forward
and aft faces)
Passenger floor structure

• floor support structure from frames 47 (47.5 on A321)
to 63 (60 on A321).
Wings
• all along forward face of front spar
• all along aft face of rear spar
• forward face of false rear spar
• wing dry bays internal surfaces
• wing root joint and build door
• inside pylon enclosure (forward face of front spar, aft
face of D-nose sub spar and adjacent leading edge
ribs).
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 51-1 - Type III (CI & WRF) on standard areas
Corrosion prevention on standard areas
EMERGENCY EXIT
Vertical stabilizer
GALLEY / LAVATORY B
A
AREA
C35.8
C47.1
C47.5
C35.1
C60
C64
C69
C70
C74
C77
C21
C35
C15
C12
C1
P7
FD
P23
P32 A B Horizontal stabilizer

P36
PAX DOOR
C35.1
C47.5
C47.1
C35.8
C21
C20
C35
C15
C28
C25
C12
C77
C74
C70
C69
C65
C64
C62
C59
C57
C52
C1
P'9
FD
P'23
Wing
BULK COMPARTMENT DOOR P'32 P'30
P'36
CARGO HOLD DOOR
AFT FACE OF REAR SPAR
INBOARD OF GEAR RIB 5
Section A-A Section B-B
BULK HEAD
Z - 495
P'23 P'23
P23 P23
P44
AFT FACE OF
P44
FALSE REAR SPAR
MAIN LANDING GEAR BAY

Protection Type III (CI & WRF) ON AREAS OF UNDERWING AN
OVERWING PANEL (WING STRUT WELLS)

Figure 51-2 - Type III (CI & WRF) on standard and additional areas
Corrosion prevention on standard and additional areas
C35.8
C47.1
C47.5
C35.1
Vertical stabilizer
C60
C64
C69
C70
C74
C77
C21
C35
C15
C12
C1
P7
FD
P23
C35.1
C47.5
C47.1
C35.8
Horizontal stabilizer
C21
C20
C35
C15
C12
C77
C74
C70
C69
C65
C64
C62
C59
C57
C52
C1
P'9
FD
P'23
Section 16/17
A
36 39 42 43 47 48 63 64 65 69 70 74 77
Wing
Section A-A F6 WING ROOT JOINT
Effective for the F11
F13
AND BUILD DOOR
whole passenger floor F19 INTERNAL SURFACES OF DRY BAY WING
F21
F23
INSIDE PYLON ENCLOSURE (FWD FACE
OF FRONT SPAR, AFT FACE OF D-NOSE
SUB SPAR AND ADJACENT LEADING EDGE RIBS)
A
P 23 Section B-B FORWARD FACE OF FRONT SPAR

CI / WRF CI / WRF BULK HEAD
additional area
AFT & FWD FACES

P 24
P44 AFT FACE OF
OF FALSE REAR SPAR
REAR SPAR
Protection Type III (CI & WRF) MAIN LANDING GEAR BAY
ON AREAS OF UNDERWING AN
OVERWING PANEL (WING STRUT WELLS)
Protection Type III (CI & WRF) - as per legend

Std Application of Type III Corro- A318-100

sion Inhibitor (CI) & Water A319-100
A320-200
Repellent Fluid (WRF) on stan- A321-200
dard areas
02 Application of Type III Corro- A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0

sion Inhibitor (CI) & Water A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
Repellent Fluid (WRF) on addi- A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
tional areas


51.22.250 - External livery decorative adhesive film
Objective Note
To answer specific request on external livery using dec- For application restrictions due to erosion, fuel or hy-
orative adhesive film. draulic fluid, refer to the figure hereafter. However if ad-
hesive films are requested in these areas, warranty
Basic aircraft restrictions shall be applied.
The general paint scheme is based on conventional
spray process. EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
Standard external livery is generally provided with a
paint process. Nevertheless large decorative adhesive
film can be used for complex decor/logo.
The appropriate handling shall be in accordance with

the following criteria:
• for new adhesive films, development and production
shall be handled as SFE
• for existing ones already used by the customer, the
procurement shall be handled as BFE as far as pos-
sible. In this case, sample testing shall be performed
to validate final quality of the external livery.

Figure 51-3 - Total constraints for adhesive film application

53 External livery decorative A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Set of large decora- TBD 1 SFE
adhesive film (SFE) A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. tive adhesive film


51.22.710 - Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3
coats)
Objective Airbus will choose the paint supplier and the associated
To provide through a low Volatile Organic Compound paint material in line with the paint system chosen by the
(VOC) and Chromate Free (CF) primer, strippable inter- Airline.
mediate coat paint system, on metallic parts of fuselage The intermediate coat between the primer and the top
and vertical stabilizer, a selective stripping which reduc- coat enables a selective stripping which reduce time
es time and cost during maintenance process. and cost during maintenance process.
This paint process is not available on nacelles.
Basic aircraft
The basic paint scheme applied on fuselage and verti- EPAC selection mode
cal stabilizer is composed of: Individual
• low VOC chromate free primer,
• low VOC top coat.
Description
The low Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) and Chro-
mate Free (CF) primer, strippable intermediate coat
paint system shall be applied on metallic parts of fuse-
lage and vertical stabilizer.
The following paint system is applied:
• low VOC chromate free primer,
• intermediate layer coat,
• low VOC top coat.
This material is fully compliant with Health, Safety and
Environmental (HSE) regulations.

Figure 51-4 - Intermediate strippable coat
Basic paint system Alternate paint system
Low VOC top coat

Low VOC top coat
Intermediate coat
Low VOC CF primer
Low VOC CF primer

Basic Primer
Basic Primer

08 Alternate paint system - CF A318-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5

primer/strippable on fuselage A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
& vertical stabilizer (3 coats) A321-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0

A320 Family Doors 52
Reference Title
52.22.200 Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
52.51.100 Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)
52.51.106 Installation of modified door lock mechanism

52 Doors A320 Family
52.22.200 - Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
Objective for A319-100 • adaptation of the Flight Warning system to incorpo-

In order to fulfil the 160 max passengers cabin capacity rate this door in the A319 configuration
on an A319 aircraft, and to meet the evacuation data re- • adaptation of emergency lighting
quirements, it is necessary to install a second emergen- • external placards on the door and escape markings
on the wings.
cy exit near the first one as per type III exits design of
the A320. EPAC selection mode
Individual
One emergency exit is installed on each side of the fu-
selage.

A second emergency exit is installed near the first one
as per type III exits design of the A320.
This modification includes the following aspects:
• repercussion on structure of section 15
• installation of the exit door and its relevant slide acti-
vation
• relocation of cabin windows into emergency exit
• air supply quantity assessment and air distribution
• adaptation of the sidewall, dado panels and exit door
frame lining
• update of the emergency evacuation analysis,
• modification of primary insulation blankets
• SDAC updating for data recording on the new door

Figure 52-1 - Additional emergency exit - A319
Additional Emergency Exit Door on each side of fuselage - A319

01 Installation of additional emer- A319-100 69.0/69.0/-69.0

gency exits (A319)
Lead-time constraint 9 months


52.51.100 - Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)
Objective
To install an electrical override function to ensure func-
tionality of cockpit door system under Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL) conditions.
Basic aircraft
The cockpit door is intrusion & penetration resistant. No
back-up system is installed.
Description
The modification comprises the installation of:
• a second control unit on the overhead panel
• an additional circuit breaker
• an additional NORM/BKUP/OFF switch
• additional grounding points
• corresponding wire harness.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

07 Installation of cockpit door A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0

release back-up system (MMEL A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
conditions) A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0

52.51.106 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism
Objective
To install a closing mechanism for the cockpit door.
Basic aircraft
The door between the cockpit and the passenger cabin
is mechanically latched. This latch is operated by a knob
on the cockpit side and by a safety key on the passen-
ger cabin side.
Description
Installation of deadbolt on the reinforced cockpit door,
on the cockpit side. The deadbolt shall allow to close the
door manually in case of electrical locking system fail-
ure, or during maintenance when power is off.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 52-2 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism

03 Installation of deadbolt on rein- A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5

forced cockpit door A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5

A320 Family Fuselage 53
Reference Title
53.30.050 Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips
53.35.100 Ram air inlet leading edge protection

53 Fuselage A320 Family
53.30.050 - Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips
Objective Note
The modification consists in adding a profile on belly Interchangeability of the center panel is not any longer
fairing panels forward edges at FR34 (ST1,ST3,ST4) or kept.
FR35.7 (ST2) to avoid erosion damage.
This modification is specially recommended for a/c op- EPAC selection mode
erated in an erosive environment (Asia or over-sea op- Individual
eration).
Basic aircraft
The exposed panel edges are protected by anti-erosion
paint only.
Description
New adjustable extrusion strips are installed on RH lat-
eral panel 192EB, on RH aft lateral panel 192FB, on
center panel 191BB and on LH lateral panel 191 EB.
These extrusions are fixed with the fasteners of the belly
fairing panels.
A washer is fitted between the bolt head and the panel
to ensure correct tightening. Extrusions are covered
with anti-erosion paint.

Figure 53-1 - Location of the additional anti-erosion protection
FR34
FR35.7 (A321)
Right
lateral
panel
Z1600
Right after
lateral panel
Left lateral panel
Center panel
Anti-erosion
extrusion strip

Figure 53-2 - Typical section of the anti-erosion extrusion strip
Anti-erosion strip
FR34 Washer

01 Belly fairing panels - add extru- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

sion A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

53.35.100 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection
Objective
To provide increased erosion resistance of the ram air
inlet lip.
Basic aircraft
Inlet leading edge is made of hard foam core faced with
prepreg skin layers.
Description
The composite material in the leading edge of the ram
air inlet is protected with a sheet of aluminum in order to
avoid erosion damage. This sheet of aluminum is paint-
ed in the background color.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 53-3 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection
Typical section (AA & CC)
0.4mm clad aluminium protection flush
Inlet lip detail
Hard foam core
Prepreg skin
18mm

02 Ram air inlet leading edge pro- A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0

tection (aluminum) A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

A320 Family Stabilizers 55
Reference Title
55.30.101 Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge

55 Stabilizers A320 Family
55.30.101 - Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge

To avoid premature rework of erosion paint system and Individual
repair at an early stage.
Basic aircraft
Exterior surface of the vertical stabilizer leading edge is
protected with standard paint systems.
Description
A stainless steel metal sheet, thickness 0.5 mm is in-
stalled on the vertical stabilizer leading edges 1, 2, 3
and 4 (A318 only).
The modification consists of thermal curing of prepreg
material together with the new profiled metal sheet in an
autoclave oven in order to bond the two different mate-
rials.
The metal sheets are bolted on upper and lower ends of
leading edges. Anti-erosion painting according to the di-
mensions of metal sheet is necessary at dorsal fin.
Note
No livery top coat shall be applied to the stainless steel.

A320 Family Stabilizers 55
Figure 55-1 - Vertical stabilizer leading edge protection (A319/A320/A321)
B - B (TYP.)
A
A
A
A-A Stainless steel metal sheet
A (0,5 mm)
Anti erosion painting B B
VIZ 0
56
.5
60

55 Stabilizers A320 Family
01 Installation of erosion protec- A318-100 5.0/5.0/-5.0

tion on vertical stabilizer lead- A319-100 5.0/5.0/-5.0
A320-200 5.0/5.0/-5.0
ing edge - stainless steel A321-200 5.0/5.0/-5.0

A320 Family Windows 56
Reference Title
56.10.102 Cockpit windows alternate equipment

56 Windows A320 Family
56.10.102 - Cockpit windows alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for cockpit windows.
Basic aircraft
• 2 front windshields made of glass (all fixed)
• 4 lateral windows made of acrylic (2 sliding and
2 fixed).
Description
This modification consists in replacing the two front
windshields and/or four lateral windows by windows
from an alternate manufacturer.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Figure 56-1 - Cockpit windows
Lateral windows
Front windows
Sliding window
Guiding track
Fixed window Control handle
Sliding window
D
FW

Std Basic front windows - SAINT- A318-100 Front window panel SAINT-GOBAIN STA320-1-8-2 1 SFE
GOBAIN SULLY / Basic lateral A319-100
A320-200 (LH) SULLY
windows - GKN A321-200
Front window panel SAINT-GOBAIN STA320-2-8-2 1 SFE
(RH) SULLY
Lateral fixed win- GKN AERO- NH25216-141 1 SFE
dow panel (LH) SPACE TRANS-
PARENCY
SYSTEMS
Lateral fixed win- GKN AERO- NH25216-142 1 SFE
dow panel (RH) SPACE TRANS-
PARENCY
SYSTEMS
Lateral sliding win- GKN AERO- NH25216-1 1 SFE
dow panel (LH) SPACE TRANS-
PARENCY
SYSTEMS
Lateral sliding win- GKN AERO- NH25216-2 1 SFE
dow panel (RH) SPACE TRANS-
PARENCY
SYSTEMS

23 Alternate lateral windows - A318-100 18.0/18.0/-18.0 Lateral fixed win- SAINT-GOBAIN SPSA320-9-2- 1 SFE
SAINT-GOBAIN SULLY A319-100 18.0/18.0/-18.0
A320-200 18.0/18.0/-18.0 dow panel (LH) SULLY 2
A321-200 18.0/18.0/-18.0
Lateral fixed win- SAINT-GOBAIN SPSA320-10- 1 SFE
dow panel (RH) SULLY 2-2
Lateral sliding win- SAINT-GOBAIN SPSA320-7-4- 1 SFE
dow panel (LH) SULLY 2
Lateral sliding win- SAINT-GOBAIN SPSA320-8-4- 1 SFE
dow panel (RH) SULLY 2
25 Alternate lateral windows - A318-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0 Lateral fixed win- PPG INDUS- NP165313-3 1 SFE
PPG A319-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0
A320-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0 dow panel (LH) TRIES
A321-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0
Lateral fixed win- PPG INDUS- NP165313-4 1 SFE
dow panel (RH) TRIES
Lateral sliding win- PPG INDUS- NP165312-11 1 SFE
dow panel (LH) TRIES
Lateral sliding win- PPG INDUS- NP165312-12 1 SFE
dow panel (RH) TRIES
28 Alternate front windows - PPG A318-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5 Front window panel PPG INDUS- NP165331-1 1 SFE
A319-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A320-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5 (LH) TRIES
A321-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5
Front window panel PPG INDUS- NP165331-2 1 SFE
(RH) TRIES


A320 Family Wings 57
Reference Title
57.40.100 Leading edge and leading edge devices
57.49.101 Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes

57 Wings A320 Family
57.40.100 - Leading edge and leading edge devices

To install the common root fillet fairing seal currently
used on A318/A319/A321 and A320-200 CFM, as well
on A320-200 IAE in order to achieve commonality and
improve aerodynamic properties.

A specific seal assembly is standard on A320-200
equipped with IAE engines.

The common and interchangeable root fillet fairing seal
is installed, achieving commonality and improving aero-
dynamic properties.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Install common root fillet fair- A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

ing seal (A320-200 with IAE
engines)

57.49.101 - Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes
Objective
To remove the sealant from the wing leading edge ac-
cess panels
Basic aircraft
Polysulphide sealant applied to fill the gap between in-
stalled leading edge access panels and forward edge of
the bottom wing skin
Description
The sealant applied to fill the gap between installed
leading edge access panels and forward edge of the
bottom wing skin is removed.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

01 Wing leading edge access pan- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

els - removal of sealant A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


A320 Family Engines 72
Reference Title
72.00.118 Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318)

72 Engines A320 Family
72.00.118 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318)

To allow basic engines selection by the customer, and Individual
to offer alternate engines with different thrust rating.

The basic aircraft can be equipped with the following en-
gines (depending on the customer's choice):
• CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI): CFM56-5B8/3 (PIP)
at 21 600 lbf nominal thrust or 21 200 lbf Airbus
Equivalent Thrust
or
• PRATT & WHITNEY: PW6122A at 22 100 lbf nomi-
nal thrust or 21 100 lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.

• installation of CFMI (PIP) or PRATT & WHITNEY en-
gines
• modification or pin programming of the associated
equipment: DMC, ELAC, FAC, FDIMU, FMGC,
FWC.
Note for A318-100

Airbus Equivalent Thrust definition: Mach number 0.25
/ISA+15°C/ sea level thrust divided by 0.8 (representa-
tive of sea level aircraft performance).

Figure 72-1 - Engines selection (A318)
CFMI engines PRATT & WHITNEY engines
Engine mounts Plug
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Fan cowl
Systems doors
installations

03 CFMI engines - CFM56-5B8/3 A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine CFM INTERNA- CFM56-5B8/3 2 SFE
(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at TIONAL (CFMI)
21 600 lbf nominal thrust
(A318-111)
(A318-112)
31 PW engines - PW6122A at 22 A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine PRATT & WHIT- PW6122A 2 SFE
100 lbf nominal thrust (A318- NEY
121)
Subject to lead-time confirmation.
35 PW engines - PW6124A at 23 A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine PRATT & WHIT- PW6124A 2 SFE
800 lbf nominal thrust (A318- NEY
122)
Subject to lead-time confirmation.




Equivalent Thrust
or
• INTERNATIONAL AERO ENGINES (IAE): V2522-
A5 (SelectOne) at 22 000 lbf nominal thrust or 21 900
lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.

• installation of CFMI (PIP) or IAE (SelectOne) engines
FWC.
Note for A319-100


CFMI engines IAE engines
Engine mounts Plug

Engine mounts
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
thrust reverser Air inlet
Cascade thrust
Air inlet reverser
Systems
Fan cowl installations
Systems doors Fan cowl
installations doors

(A319-111)
(A319-112)
(A319-115)
40 IAE engines - V2522-A5 (Selec- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine INT AERO IAE V2522-A5 2 SFE
tOne) at 22 000 lbf nominal ENGINES AG
thrust (A319-131)
thrust (A319-132)
42 IAE engines - V2527M-A5 A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine INT AERO IAEV2527M- 2 SFE
(SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nomi- ENGINES AG A5
nal thrust (A319-133)




Equivalent Thrust
or

FWC.
Note for A320-200


Engine mounts Plug

Engine mounts
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
Cascade thrust
Air inlet reverser
Systems
installations doors

(A320-214)
(A320-215)
(A320-216)
thrust (A320-232)
32 IAE engines - V2527E-A5 A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine INT AERO IAE V2527E- 2 SFE
(SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nomi- ENGINES AG A5
nal thrust (A320-233)




Equivalent Thrust
or

FWC.
Note for A321-200


Engine mounts Plug

Engine mounts
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
Cascade thrust
Air inlet reverser
Systems
installations doors

(A321-212)
(A321-213)
(A321-211)
thrust (A321-232)
thrust (A321-231)

A320 Family Engine fuel and control 73
Reference Title
73.21.100 Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring

73 Engine fuel and control A320 Family
73.21.100 - Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring
Objective The sensors are connected to the FADEC.

To allow more detailed engine health monitoring capa- Additional parameters are transmitted to the AIDS DMU
bility . via the FADEC ARINC 429 bus.
Baseline definition for leased aircraft: The data provided by the additional sensors is directly
Information available from each FADEC, used for cock- compatible with the ground software provided by the en-
pit indications, is also available as data source for engine manufacturer.
gine monitoring. There are no new reports or failure messages associat-
The FADEC system incorporates provision to process ed with the additional parameters.
the additional parameters.
EPAC selection mode
Information available from each FADEC, used for cock-
pit indications, is also available as data source for en-
gine monitoring.
The FADEC system incorporates provision to process
the additional parameters.
Description
Installation of additional sensors and associated wiring
allow health monitoring of the engine modules.They
permit reading of the following parameters:
• PS13: fan tip discharge pressure.
• P25: HP compressor inlet pressure.
• T5: LP turbine discharge temperature.

A320 Family Engine fuel and control 73
03 Installation of additional sen- A318-100 5.0/5.0/-5.0

sors for CFM56-5B engine A319-100 5.0/5.0/-5.0
A320-200 5.0/5.0/-5.0
health monitoring A321-200 5.0/5.0/-5.0

73 Engine fuel and control A320 Family

A320 Family Oil 79
Reference Title
79.00.101 Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate lubricating oil
79.40.101 Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on engine RH fan
cowl

79 Oil A320 Family
79.00.101 - Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate
lubricating oil
Objective
To provide alternate engine/APU lubricating oil.
Basic aircraft
Oil MOBIL JET II is used.
Description
Change lubricating oil type in the following equipment:
• engine
• engine starter
• IDG
• APU.
Instruction labels on the oil system shall also be re-
placed.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

A320 Family Oil 79
Figure 79-1 - Oil indications
ENGINE APU
F.USED
1530 KG 1560 VIB (N1)
0.8 0.9
APU GEN AVAIL
26 %
OIL 116 V BLEED
VIB (N2)
20 20 400 HZ 35 PSI
QT 1.2 1.3
0 11.5 0 11.5
10 N
100 100 % FUEL LO PR
PSI
0 42 0 44 0 100
°C FLAP OPEN
15 20 EGT
5 7 °C
NAC
OIL QTY
105 90 3 580 BELOW 1/4
°C
TAT +19 °C G.W. 60300 KG TAT +19 °C G.W. 60300 KG

SAT +18 °C 23 H 56 SAT +18 °C 23 H 56
Engine page APU page

79 Oil A320 Family
Std Engine, engine accessories A318-100

and APU basic lubricating oil - A319-100
A320-200
MOBIL JET II A321-200
01 Engine, engine accessories A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

and APU alternate lubricating A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
oil - BPTO 2380 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Not approved for use on PW 6000
engines.
12 Engine, engine accessories A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.

and APU alternate lubricating A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
oil - BPTO 2197 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

A320 Family Oil 79

79 Oil A320 Family
79.40.101 - Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on
engine RH fan cowl
Objective
To allow visual checking of the IDG oil level without
opening of the fan cowls.
Basic aircraft
Opening of the fan cowls is required to check the IDG oil
level.
Description
The modification consists in installing an access panel
on the RH fan cowls.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

A320 Family Oil 79
Figure 79-2 - IDG oil level viewing port on engine RH fan cowl
RH fan cowl door
IDG oil level

viewing port
View looking outboard

79 Oil A320 Family
02 Installation of IDG oil level A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5

viewing port on CFM56-5B A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5
engine RH fan cowl A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5

A320 System Configuration Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 System Configuration Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 System Configuration Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

System Configuration Guide

A318-100 P 000 01000 issue 04

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 [ REF-2]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page TOC-1

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page TOC-2

Certification and external livery 9 [02]

General aircraft design criteria 39 [03]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-1

Placards and markings 57 [11]

Air conditioning 93 [21]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-2

Auto flight 131 [22]

Communications 145 [23]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-3

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-4

Electrical power 231 [24]

Equipment/furnishings 235 [25]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-5

Fire protection 319 [26]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-6

Fuel 337 [28]

Hydraulic power 367 [29]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-7

Indicating/recording systems 387 [31]

Landing gear 425 [32]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-8

Lights 445 [33]

Navigation 453 [34]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-9

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-10

Oxygen 555 [35]

Water/waste 573 [38]

Information systems 579 [46]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-11

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 593 [49]

Structures 597 [51]

Doors 611 [52]

Fuselage 621 [53]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-12

Windows 633 [56]

Wings 639 [57]

Engines 645 [72]

Engine fuel and control 661 [73]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-13

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-14

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 1 [ 00-1]

Description 3) Instructions for use

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 2 [ 00-2]

5) Catalogue presentation As far as possible, the arrangement of the items follows

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 3 [ 00-3]

c) items titled "Provisions for..." relate to items where Weights

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 4 [ 00-4]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 5 [ 00-5]

The Buyer shall hold harmless and indemnify the Man-

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 6 [ 00-6]

ATA title and section number

25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family 25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family